STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
1
Built for
Growth
2024 ANNUAL REPORT
Through end-user
inspired innovation and
operational excellence,
our people deliver high
quality solutions for the
builders: the trades Pros,
the talented DIYers and
everybody making
our world.
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
2
1 2019 Revenue Basis
Dear
Shareholders
When we embarked on our bold
transformation in the middle of 2022, our
belief was that by simplifying the portfolio,
focusing on our key strengths—iconic
brands, powerful innovation, and passionate
and dedicated people—and making targeted
investments to improve our supply chain
and market activation capabilities, we would
bring forth the full power of our Company.
This vision helped drive our organization to
deepen our end-user connections, get closer
to our customers, and enhance our brands
and the innovation that fuels them.
DONALD ALLAN, JR.
President &
Chief Executive Officer
Two and a half years into our journey, we have made
meaningful progress, and our accomplishments pave the
way for the final phases of our transformation. We have:
• Activated our growth culture and made approximately
$250 million of targeted growth investment against
a multi-year goal to invest $300 to $500 million.
• Leveraged the supply chain transformation to help stabilize
operations while delivering improved customer order
fill rates with greater cost efficiency.
• Revitalized our leadership team with over half of our top
70 leaders in new roles, providing the organization with
fresh perspectives and renewed energy.
• Simplified the portfolio with over $2.6 billion of revenue
divested1 to focus on our core strengths of Tools & Outdoor
and Engineered Fastening.
As we prepare to bring our transformation to a close in
2025, we can confirm that these efforts have put Stanley
Black & Decker on a path towards sustainable growth,
profitability and cash flow improvement, and to deliver
long-term shareholder returns.
We are proud of our achievements but know that our work
does not end once our transformation is complete. We will
continue on our larger journey by accelerating our growth
culture to deliver sustainable market share gains with
operational excellence at our core. These elements set the
stage for us to restore our adjusted gross margin2 to 35%+
levels, invest in incremental growth opportunities to drive
market share gain and generate the capital to strengthen
our balance sheet.
2 Non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to page 11 for additional information.
3 Non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted Gross Margin excludes certain pre-tax gains and charges. GAAP Gross Profit
was $1,144.1 million, or 30.8% of net sales, for the fourth quarter of 2024. Refer to page 11 for additional information.
2024 SUMMARY OF RESULTS
29.4%
Gross Margin Rate
+ 450 Bps VPY
$286M
Net Earnings
1.9%
Net Earnings % of Sales
$15.4B
Total Revenues
30.0%
Adjusted Gross
Margin Rate2
+ 400 Bps VPY
$1.1B
Cash from
Operating Activities
$1.6B
Adjusted EBITDA2
10.1%
Adjusted EBITDA %
of Sales2
$1.1B
Total Debt
Reduction
$753M
Free Cash Flow2
>$2.0B
Inventory Reduction
STRATEGIC TRANSFORMATION
Program-to-Date (Since Mid-2022)
$1.5B
Pre-Tax Run-Rate
Cost Savings
2024: Continued Strong Progress
Our strong execution in 2024 was the result of alignment and
focus throughout the organization, and the performance of
our teams across the Company helped us meet or exceed our
goals. We overcame a soft consumer and DIY environment to
deliver full year revenues of $15.4 billion, which was flat on an
organic basis.2 Our iconic and professionally-focused DEWALT
brand delivered mid single digit revenue growth, outpacing
the professional tool market. In addition, our aerospace
fastening business achieved 22% revenue growth, as we
capitalized on the market recovery of new aircraft builds.
We are encouraged by these results, particularly the seven
consecutive quarters of revenue growth, and share gain
in DEWALT. We believe these results demonstrate that our
targeted investments and strategic focus are translating
into positive topline momentum.
As we continued our transformation journey throughout 2024,
we are proud to have delivered on key financial milestones,
especially achieving adjusted gross margin3 greater than
31% in the fourth quarter and 30% for the full year. For the full
year, adjusted gross margin rate2 expanded 400 basis points,
primarily driven by our reshaped supply chain and ongoing
strategic initiatives.
Our expanded gross margins are generating the resources
to support incremental investments to increase market share
and growth. Since the second half of 2022, we have invested
approximately $250 million on a run-rate basis, on track with
our initial vision to redeploy $300–$500 million into growth
investments by the end of 2025.
This progress, inclusive of gross margin expansion net
of growth investments, translated into a full year adjusted
EBITDA2 of approximately $1.6 billion. The adjusted EBITDA2
margin rate was 10.1%, an expansion of 290 basis points
year over year.
Earnings growth and working capital efficiency improvements
both contributed to free cash flow2 of approximately
$750 million. Strong cash generation along with proceeds
from the Infrastructure business divestiture supported
$1.1 billion of debt reduction in 2024. This debt paydown
combined with EBITDA2 improvement moved us materially
forward toward achieving our leverage targets.
3
2024 ANNUAL REPORT
Building a Foundation for Growth
Our transformation has yielded a Company with two focused
businesses, Tools & Outdoor and Engineered Fastening.
These businesses both compete and are well positioned
in attractive industries forecasted to grow over a multi-
year period. In these industries, end users make purchase
decisions based on brand loyalty and product quality.
Our ability to rapidly innovate and achieve speed to
market are key differentiators that end users value.
These competitive dynamics, along with an attractive industry
structure, reward the ability to achieve scale. Accordingly,
creating a financial model with core attributes of sustainable
organic growth, attractive margins and the ability to reinvest
is essential for strengthening this virtuous flywheel.
As we complete our transformation, we believe this model
can deliver financial performance that exceeds our historical
earnings power. At our Capital Markets Day in November
2024, we set forth what we think are achievable financial
targets over the long term.
TRANSFORMING TO ACCELERATE ORGANIC GROWTH
Executing On Our Clear Vision and Strategy for Long-Term Success…
$300M–$500M
Strategic Investment
Innovation
Electrification
Market Leadership
More Responsive
Supply Chain
INVESTING IN
CORE GROWTH
REDUCING
COMPLEXITY
ENHANCING
SHAREHOLDER RETURN
MSD Organic Revenue
Growth2 (2–3X Market)
35%+ Adjusted
Gross Margin2
100%+ Free Cash
Flow2 Conversion
Powerful Innovation
Customer Fill Rate
Improvement
Optimize
Corporate Structure
Focus
Operating Model
Transform
Supply Chain
~$2B
Pre-Tax Run-Rate Cost
Savings by End of '25
“
Stanley Black & Decker has all
the attributes needed to win in the
marketplace. The work we’ve done,
and are doing, builds on our strong
foundation made of iconic brands,
end-user focus, broad channel
and geographical access, and an
operational excellence engine.
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
4
2 Non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to page 11 for additional information.
5
2024 ANNUAL REPORT
STRATEGIC
BUSINESS CRITERIA
Markets With an Attractive
Growth Profile
Differentiate Through
Rapid Innovation and
Delivering Productivity to Customers
Attractive Market Structure Where
Brand Matters
Ability to Achieve Scale
Our capital allocation priorities over the next 12–18 months
are to fund our transformation program including new growth
investments, support our long-standing dividend, and to
reduce debt in support of maintaining a solid investment grade
credit rating. Once we achieve an appropriate leverage ratio,
we expect to shift excess capital toward share repurchases.
Accelerating Our Organic Growth Culture
We have a passionate and motivated team, iconic and well-
respected brands and a powerful, market-driven innovation
machine. These key building blocks are further supported
by our work to foster an organic growth culture across the
organization by investing more in our brands, innovation and
market activation. By continuing to build on these efforts,
we believe our brands, products and technology can be
even more impactful in the marketplace.
Chris Nelson, our Chief Operating Officer, has provided the
strategic leadership to bring this vision to life in Tools &
Outdoor. Our team is energized and organized around our
brands, putting the end user at the center of their work.
We are advancing our comprehensive portfolio of brand
ecosystems across DEWALT, STANLEY and CRAFTSMAN
to offer complete solutions to targeted trade groups such
as carpentry and concrete, to name a few. We expect these
priority brands and user segments to receive the majority of
our investments and focus, as they are central to our overall
strategy. We are excited about the leadership role that each
brand will play in our growth journey.
DEWALT is our largest brand, with a mission to serve the most
demanding professionals with end-to-end workflow solutions.
We are confident in our ability to extend DEWALT’s recent
seven quarter growth streak given our long track record of
share gain success with the brand. In fact, DEWALT has grown
at a high single digit compound annual growth rate over the
medium term.
The STANLEY brand, with a legacy of over 180 years,
is targeted towards residential construction professionals.
These professionals rely on STANLEY products and solutions
to deliver high quality work. They depend on our tools as
they build their projects and protect their reputations on
a daily basis.
The CRAFTSMAN brand is an iconic U.S. brand and well-
regarded by the most ambitious DIYers. These end users
are driven by the accomplishment of completing challenging
projects in their homes, garages and gardens.
Each brand-centered team studied the category trends in
their respective marketplaces to prioritize investments in the
fastest-growing user segments. They are continuing to cultivate
deep connections with end users to gain a well-informed
understanding of unique trade and application-based needs.
These relationships and this data in turn helps us prioritize
the most impactful innovations in our robust product and
technology pipeline.
At the same time, our centralized engineering organization
is focused on standardizing innovation processes and
implementing a platform approach to design with an eye
toward improving speed, cost and effectiveness for each
brand. The aim is to continue delivering industry-leading
innovation, while reducing the complexity of our supply
chain, shortening our innovation cycle and improving our
speed to market.
To maximize the impact of these efforts in the market, we
are making consistent, deliberate investments to expand
our field resources. These customer-facing specialists are
responsible for working directly with end users, introducing
them to our brands, products and innovations, supporting
them on the jobsite and ultimately converting them to loyal
brand users. This is a critical investment area to accelerate
sustainable and profitable organic growth.
We are in full execution mode and the organization
is energized and optimistic about these initiatives,
which we believe will support our goal to sustainably,
organically grow2 200 to 300 basis points above the
market over the mid-term.
2 Non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to page 11 for additional information.
4 Assumes any new tariffs that have been and may be implemented can be mitigated within 12–24 months,
and any other geopolitics are not materially disruptive.
LONG-TERM FINANCIAL GOALS
(Beyond 20274)
MSD in an LSD Market
Organic Revenue Growth2
>35% to 37%
Adjusted Gross Margin2
Mid to High Teens % of Sales
Adjusted EBITDA2
~100% of GAAP Net Income
Free Cash Flow Conversion2
≥ Mid Teens
CFROI2
Solid Investment Grade Rating
Credit Rating
Rapid Innovation Focused
On End-User Needs
Iconic Brands
Broad Channel and
Geographical Coverage
Operational Excellence
Funds Growth
WE HAVE WHAT IT
TAKES TO WIN
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
6
7
2024 ANNUAL REPORT
Summary: Our Plan to Win
Stanley Black & Decker has all the attributes needed to win
in the marketplace. The work we’ve done, and are doing,
builds on our strong foundation made of iconic brands,
end-user focus, broad channel and geographical access,
and an operational excellence engine. By supplementing
this with faster innovation and an even more responsive
supply chain, we believe we can accelerate our success.
Our transformation efforts have set us on the path towards
restoring our earnings power2 to over $2 billion. With hard-
earned momentum behind us, we have a clear line of sight
into achieving adjusted EBITDA2 of $2.5 billion by 2027.4
We know what it will take. While the markets and geopolitical
environment will certainly bring challenges our way, we are
confident that we are building the Company and the
culture to drive long-term shareholder value for Stanley
Black & Decker.
Thank you for your support and investment.
DONALD ALLAN, JR.
President &
Chief Executive Officer
Competitive Advantage Through
Operations Excellence
We have reimagined and materially transformed our supply
chain over the last two years. This process was no small
undertaking given its global reach and diversified structure.
The four primary workstreams we pursued to achieve
our progress to date, which we discussed in detail at our
Capital Markets Day, are material productivity, complexity
reduction, operational excellence and network optimization.
This last workstream extends to both our distribution and
manufacturing footprints.
The work we’ve done to date has laid the groundwork for us
to continue to evolve into an agile, integrated and forward-
looking organization. Our goal is for our end-to-end supply
chain to be the backbone of our businesses as we enter
our next chapter of growth. Our operational excellence
strategies are designed to deliver a sustained competitive
advantage on cost leadership, service and innovation.
We are driving productivity throughout our network as we
continue positioning our Company as a supplier of choice.
Pursuing these strategies supports our long-term objective
of achieving adjusted gross margin2 in excess of 35%.
2 Non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to page 11 for additional information.
4 Assumes any new tariffs that have been and may be implemented can be
mitigated within 12–24 months, and any other geopolitics are not materially disruptive.
“
DEWALT has been committed to
professional tradespeople for the past
100 years, and Raymond DeWalt’s
founding principles of innovation, safety
and productivity remain the core ethos
of our Company today. From cutting-
edge technology to skills development,
DEWALT’s future remains strong, and
we will lead the way in empowering
tradespeople to succeed while defining
the next era of industry innovation.”
Chris Nelson
Chief Operating Officer,
Executive Vice President &
President, Tools & Outdoor
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
8
At a Glance
We Are Now a More Focused Company
A Worldwide Leader in
Tools & Outdoor
Tools & Outdoor
$13.3B
2024 Annual Revenue
Key Markets
Residential
Construction
Non-Residential
Construction
Outdoor & DIY
Well-Positioned Businesses in Attractive Industries That Are
Forecasted to Grow Over a Multi-Year Period
$3.7B
Hand Tools,
Accessories & Storage
$6.6B
Power Tools Group
$3.0B
Outdoor Power Equipment
A Global Leader of Highly Engineered,
Application-Based Solutions
Industrial
$2.1B
2024 Annual Revenue
Key Markets
Automotive
General Industrial
Aerospace
$0.1B
Infrastructure5
$2.0B
Engineered Fastening
Focused Brands | Targeted Users
Clear Differentiation Across Our Core Brands
Scale
Win in DIY Verticals
With DIY Enthusiasts
ACCOMPLISHMENT
Ambitious DIY Enthusiasts
Strengthen
Develop End-to-End
Workflow Solutions
Strengthen the
DEWALT Ecosystem
LEADERSHIP
The World’s Most
Demanding Pros
Focus
Products and Solutions
That Are Essential for
Small Construction
Professionals
REPUTATION
Residential
Construction
Professionals
5 Divested on April 1, 2024.
9
2024 ANNUAL REPORT
PRODUCT
PLANET
Since its debut at World of Concrete 2024, the DEWALT
POWERSHIFT™ product line has won multiple industry
innovation awards, including TIME’s Best Inventions of 2024
and Fast Company’s Innovation by Design Award. This
product line is intended to address the essential priorities
of concrete professionals, including power, runtime and
ergonomics, enabling a seamless transition from gas-powered
equipment without sacrificing efficiency or performance.
Built for Sustainable Growth
Our approach to sustainability is designed to align with our
business focus on brands, growth, and innovation driven
primarily by the needs of the professional end user. This
includes objectives across our pillars of People, Product and
Planet. We believe making progress towards achieving these
objectives to drive impact for sustainable performance is synergistic
with the success of our business strategy. We are proud of the
advancements achieved in 2024, with highlights featured below:
Focused on energy and cost efficiency, including carbon
reduction opportunities, we seek to drive down our
emissions and decarbonize our operations by making
progress on our science-based Scope 1 and 2 reduction
targets. We continue to invest in renewable power sources
while improving efficiencies through capital investments
and evaluating additional tools like power purchase
agreements and energy attribute certificates.
Our industry-acclaimed
DEWALT POWERSHIFT™
Cordless Equipment
System can produce up to
60% less CO2e emissions
during use versus gas-
powered equipment.6
Our newest solar installation
at our Kentucky manufacturing
facility demonstrates our
continued investment in
renewable energy and
operational resiliency in
line with our supply chain
transformation strategy.
PEOPLE
Tradespeople are our end users, and we believe they are
in high demand. Grow the Trades, our brand-centric, end-
user focused growth strategy, combines a philanthropic
commitment—investing $30 million over five years in programs
that train tradespeople—with our business focus on helping
to close the skills and capacity gaps in this vital economic
sector. These investments are dedicated to organizations that
serve core building trades, including concrete, electrical, pipe,
mechanical and finishing, and are intended to further efforts
to provide people with the skills for productive, profitable and
thriving careers in the trades.
We are squarely focused on those who use our tools to make
their living, particularly with the DEWALT brand. In supporting
both newer generations and established tradespeople
to help expand trades capacity, Grow the Trades builds
deeper connections with our end users while amplifying
DEWALT’s strong brand loyalty. We see this strategic initiative
as synergistic with our success, both in supporting the
communities we serve and in unlocking future growth.
>$19M
invested since 2023 in
Grow the Trades initiatives
designed to help expand
skills for tradespeople—nearly
two-thirds of our commitment
invested in the first two years
of the five-year timeline.
6 Versus leading competitors, average of individual DEWALT POWERSHIFT™ equipment weighted by lifetime emissions during use; U.S. average grid output emission
rates and grid loss based on the U.S. EPA’s eGRID2022 database, published Jan. 30, 2024 (epa.gov/egrid); fuel emissions factors based on the U.S. Energy
Information Administration’s Carbon Dioxide Emissions Coefficients for finished motor gasoline, published Sep. 7, 2023 (eia.gov).
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
10
Financial Summary
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER-SHARE AMOUNTS,
CONTINUING OPERATIONS)
2024
2023
2022
SWK
Revenue
$ 15,365.7
$ 15,781.1
$ 16,947.4
Gross Profit
$ 4,514.4
$ 3,932.6
$ 4,284.1
Gross Margin
29.4%
24.9%
25.3%
Adjusted Gross Profit2
$ 4,603.2
$ 4,099.5
$ 4,411.5
Adjusted Gross Margin2
30.0%
26.0%
26.0%
Cash From Operating Activities
$
1,106.9
$
1,191.3
$ (1,459.5)
Free Cash Flow2
$
753.0
$
852.6
$ (1,989.9)
GAAP Diluted EPS
$
1.89
$
(1.88)
$
1.06
Adjusted Diluted EPS2
$
4.36
$
1.45
$
4.62
Tools & Outdoor
Revenue
$ 13,304.2
$ 13,367.1
$ 14,423.7
Segment Profit
$
1,197.4
$
687.6
$
971.9
Segment Margin
9.0%
5.1%
6.7%
Adjusted Segment Profit2
$ 1,340.5
$
884.3
$ 1,207.3
Adjusted Segment Margin2
10.1%
6.6%
8.4%
Industrial
Revenue
$ 2,061.5
$ 2,414.0
$ 2,523.4
Segment Profit
$
254.9
$
266.5
$
236.2
Segment Margin
12.4%
11.0%
9.4%
Adjusted Segment Profit2
$
258.5
$
285.2
$
244.0
Adjusted Segment Margin2
12.5%
11.8%
9.7%
2 Non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to page 11 for additional information.
11
2024 ANNUAL REPORT
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS,
CONTINUING OPERATIONS)
2024
2023
2022
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
$ 286
$ (282)
$
170
% of Net Sales
2%
(2%)
1%
Interest income
(179)
(187)
(55)
Interest expense
499
560
339
Income taxes
(45)
(94)
(132)
Depreciation and amortization
589
625
572
EBITDA2
$ 1,150
$ 622
$ 894
% of Net Sales
7%
4%
5%
Non-GAAP adjustments before income taxes
466
566
642
Less: Accelerated depreciation included in Non-GAAP
adjustments before income taxes
59
50
8
Adjusted EBITDA2
$ 1,557
$ 1,138
$ 1,528
% of Net Sales
10%
7%
9%
2 Non-GAAP Financial Measures: Organic revenue is defined as the difference between total current and prior year
sales less the impact of companies acquired and divested in the past twelve months and any foreign currency impacts.
Organic revenue growth or organic growth is organic revenue divided by prior year sales. Gross profit is defined as
sales less cost of sales. Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage of sales. Segment profit is defined as sales less
cost of sales and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses (aside from corporate overhead expense).
Segment margin is segment profit as a percentage of sales. EBITDA is earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization. EBITDA margin is EBITDA as a percentage of sales. Gross profit, gross margin, segment profit, segment
margin, earnings, EBITDA (also referred to as earnings power) and EBITDA margin are adjusted for certain gains and
charges, such as environmental charges, supply chain transformation costs, acquisition and divestiture-related items,
asset impairments, restructuring, and other adjusting items. Management uses these metrics as key measures to
assess the performance of the Company as a whole, as well as the related measures at the segment level. Adjusted
earnings per share or adjusted EPS, is diluted GAAP EPS excluding certain gains and charges. Free cash flow is
defined as cash flow from operations less capital and software expenditures. Management considers free cash flow an
important indicator of its liquidity, as well as its ability to fund future growth and to provide a return to the shareowners
and is useful information for investors. Free cash flow does not include deductions for mandatory debt service, other
borrowing activity, discretionary dividends on the Company’s common stock and business acquisitions, among other
items. Free cash flow conversion is defined as free cash flow divided by net income. Cash flow return on investment
(“CFROI”) is computed as cash from operations plus after-tax interest expense, divided by the two-point average of
debt and equity. The Company considers the use of the Non-GAAP financial measures above relevant to aid analysis
and understanding of the Company’s results, business trends and outlook measures aside from the material impact
of certain gains and charges and ensures appropriate comparability to operating results of prior periods. Refer to
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of the attached Form
10-K for a summary of the pre-tax Non-GAAP adjustments and Non-GAAP reconciliations.
The Company provides long-term financial goals for the non-GAAP financial measures of adjusted gross margin and
adjusted EBITDA presented on a basis excluding certain gains and charges, as well as organic revenue growth, free
cash flow conversion and CFROI. A reconciliation for these non-GAAP measures is not available without unreasonable
effort due to the inherent difficulty of forecasting the timing and/or amount of various items that have not yet occurred,
including the high variability and low visibility with respect to certain gains or charges that would generally be excluded
from non-GAAP financial measures and which could be material to the Company’s results in accordance with U.S.
GAAP. Additionally, estimating such GAAP measures and providing a meaningful reconciliation consistent with the
Company’s accounting policies for future periods requires a level of precision that is unavailable for these future multi-
year periods and cannot be accomplished without unreasonable effort. The Company believes such a reconciliation
would also imply a degree of precision that is inappropriate for these forward-looking measures.
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
12
Andrea J. Ayers
Chair, Stanley Black &
Decker, Inc.,
Retired President & Chief
Executive Officer,
Convergys Corporation
Donald Allan, Jr.
President & Chief Executive
Officer, Stanley Black &
Decker, Inc.
Susan K. Carter
Retired Senior
Vice President & Chief
Financial Officer, Ingersoll
Rand plc (now Trane
Technologies plc)
Debra A. Crew
Chief Executive, Diageo plc
John L. Garrison, Jr.
Former Chairman,
President & Chief
Executive Officer,
Terex Corporation
Michael D. Hankin
Co-President & Co-Chief
Executive Officer, Brown
Advisory Incorporated
Robert J. Manning
Retired Chairman &
Chief Executive Officer,
MFS Investment
Management
Adrian V. Mitchell
Chief Operating Officer &
Chief Financial Officer,
Macy’s, Inc.
Jane M. Palmieri
President, Industrial
Intermediates &
Infrastructure,
Dow Inc.
Mojdeh Poul7
President & Chief
Executive Officer,
Integra LifeSciences
Holdings Corporation
Board of Directors
7 Not standing for reelection
at the 2025 Annual
Shareholder Meeting
Our Leadership
Management Team
Donald Allan, Jr.
President &
Chief Executive Officer
Christopher J. Nelson
Chief Operating Officer,
Executive Vice President &
President,
Tools & Outdoor
Patrick D. Hallinan
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
Tamer K. Abuaita
Global Chief Supply
Chain Officer &
President, Industrial
Rhonda O. Gass
Chief Information Officer
Dennis M. Lange
Vice President,
Investor Relations
Janet M. Link
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel &
Secretary
Corbin B. Walburger
Vice President,
Business Development
Deborah K. Wintner
Senior Vice President &
Chief Human
Resources Officer
As of March 2025
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2024
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ___________ to ___________
Commission File Number 001-05224
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
(Exact Name Of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)
Connecticut
06-0548860
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
1000 STANLEY DRIVE
NEW BRITAIN, CT 06053
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code 860 225-5111
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title Of Each Class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name Of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock
$2.50 Par Value per Share
SWK
New York Stock Exchange
Securities Registered Pursuant To Section 12(g) Of The Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes ¨ No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes þ No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer
þ
Accelerated Filer
¨
Non-Accelerated Filer
¨
Smaller Reporting Company
☐
Emerging Growth Company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit
report.☑
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the
correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the
registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes ☐ No þ
As of June 28, 2024, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $12.3 billion based on the New
York Stock Exchange closing price for such shares on that date. On February 11, 2025, the registrant had 154,413,950 shares of common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2025 annual meeting of shareholders (the "2025 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference
into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The 2025 Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within
120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS ..............................................................................................................................................................
3
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS .....................................................................................................................................................
9
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ..................................................................................................................
22
ITEM 1C.
CYBERSECURITY ................................................................................................................................................
22
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES .........................................................................................................................................................
24
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .......................................................................................................................................
24
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ...........................................................................................................................
25
PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ....................................................................................
27
ITEM 6.
REMOVED AND RESERVED ..............................................................................................................................
29
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS ........................................................................................................................................................
29
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK .......................................
49
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA .......................................................................
49
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ..................................................................................................................................
49
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .......................................................................................................................
50
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................................
50
ITEM 9C.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS ......................
50
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE REGISTRANT .......
51
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ..........................................................................................................................
52
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .............................................................................................................
52
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ....
54
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ........................................................................................
54
PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE ................................................................................
54
ITEM 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY .......................................................................................................................................
56
SIGNATURES
118
EX-19
EX-21
EX-23
EX-24
EX-31.1(a)
EX-31.1(b)
EX-32.1
EX-32.2
2
FORM 10-K
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. ("the Company") was founded in 1843 by Frederick T. Stanley and incorporated in Connecticut in
1852. In March 2010, the Company completed a merger with The Black & Decker Corporation (“Black & Decker”), a company
founded by S. Duncan Black and Alonzo G. Decker and incorporated in Maryland in 1910. At that time, the Company changed
its name from The Stanley Works to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. The Company’s principal executive office is located at 1000
Stanley Drive, New Britain, Connecticut 06053 and its telephone number is (860) 225-5111.
The Company is a global provider of hand tools, power tools, outdoor products and related accessories, as well as a leading
provider of engineered fastening solutions, with 2024 consolidated annual revenues of $15.4 billion. Approximately 62% of the
Company’s 2024 revenues were generated in the United States, with the remainder largely from Europe (16%), emerging
markets (13%) and Canada (5%).
In recent years, the Company has re-shaped its portfolio through a series of divestitures. In July 2022, the Company sold its
Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") business comprised of the commercial electronic security and healthcare businesses for
net proceeds of $3.1 billion and its Mechanical Access Solutions ("MAS") business comprised of the automatic doors business
for net proceeds of $916 million. In August 2022, the Company sold its Oil & Gas business comprised of the pipeline services
and equipment businesses. In April 2024, the Company sold its Infrastructure business, comprised of the attachment and
handheld hydraulic tools business, for net proceeds of $729 million. These recent divestitures are part of the Company's
strategic commitment to simplify and streamline its portfolio to focus on its leading market positions in tools and outdoor, as
well as engineered fastening systems.
Refer to Note S, Divestitures, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further discussion.
Leveraging the benefits of a more focused portfolio, the Company initiated a business transformation in mid-2022 that includes
reinvestment for faster growth as well as a $2.0 billion Global Cost Reduction Program through 2025. The Company’s primary
areas of multi-year strategic focus remain unchanged as follows:
•
Advancing innovation, electrification and global market penetration to achieve mid-single digit organic revenue
growth (2 to 3 times the market);
•
Streamlining and simplifying the organization, and investing in initiatives that more directly impact the Company's
customers and end users;
•
Returning adjusted gross margins to historical 35%+ levels by accelerating the operations and supply chain
transformation to improve fill rates and better match inventory with customer demand; and
•
Prioritizing cash flow generation and inventory optimization.
In terms of capital allocation, the Company remains committed, over time, to returning excess capital to shareholders through a
strong and growing dividend as well as a preference toward opportunistically repurchasing shares. In the near term, the
Company intends to direct any capital in excess of the quarterly dividend on its common stock toward debt reduction and
internal growth investments.
The Company’s business strategy is designed to drive long-term value for its stakeholders by creating a simplified and focused
organization, investing in core growth and innovation to be a market leader, and delivering for its customers, end users and
shareholders. The Company has accordingly focused its sustainability efforts to better align with this business strategy. The
Company’s sustainability approach is comprised of three impact pillars of People, Product, and Planet–which guide the
Company’s focus and initiatives for sustainable performance. The Company’s most recent Impact Report provides an overview
of the Company’s priority impact goals and progress. To learn more about the Company’s sustainability strategy and
sustainability efforts, please view the most recent Impact Report on the Company's website. As explained in the most recent
Impact Report, these goals make a number of assumptions and measurements of progress against such goals are based on
certain methodologies and there are no assurances that those assumptions or methodologies will be correct or that such goals
will be achieved or retained. The Impact Report is not, and is not intended to be, part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and
is not incorporated into this report by reference.
Description of the Business
The Company’s operations are classified into two reportable business segments: Tools & Outdoor and Industrial. Both
reportable segments have significant international operations and are exposed to translational and transactional impacts from
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Additional information regarding the Company’s business segments and geographic areas is incorporated herein by reference to
the material captioned “Business Segment Results” in Item 7 and Note O, Business Segments and Geographic Areas, of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
3
Tools & Outdoor
The Tools & Outdoor segment is comprised of the Power Tools Group ("PTG"), Hand Tools, Accessories & Storage ("HTAS"),
and Outdoor Power Equipment ("Outdoor") product lines. Annual revenues in the Tools & Outdoor segment were $13.3 billion
in 2024, representing 87% of the Company’s total revenues. The segment is a worldwide leader in the tools and outdoor
markets and carries iconic brands in the industry, including DEWALT®, CRAFTSMAN®, STANLEY®, BLACK+DECKER®
and CUB CADET®.
The PTG product line includes both professional and consumer products. Professional products, primarily under the
DEWALT® brand, include professional grade corded and cordless electric power tools and equipment including drills, impact
wrenches and drivers, grinders, saws, routers, sanders, and concrete prep and placement tools as well as pneumatic tools and
fasteners including nail guns, nails, staplers and staples, and concrete and masonry anchors. DIY and tradesperson focused
products include corded and cordless electric power tools sold primarily under the CRAFTSMAN® and STANLEY® brands,
and consumer home products such as household power tools, hand-held vacuums, and small appliances primarily under the
BLACK+DECKER® brand.
The HTAS product line sells hand tools, power tool accessories and storage products primarily under the DEWALT®,
CRAFTSMAN® and STANLEY® brands. Hand tools include measuring, leveling and layout tools, planes, hammers,
demolition tools, clamps, vises, knives, saws, chisels, material handling, and industrial and automotive tools. Power tool
accessories include drill bits, screwdriver bits, router bits, abrasives, saw blades and threading products. Storage products
include tool boxes, sawhorses, cabinets and engineered storage solution products.
The Outdoor product line primarily sells corded and cordless electric lawn and garden products, including hedge trimmers,
string trimmers, lawn mowers, pressure washers and related accessories, and gas powered lawn and garden products, including
lawn tractors, zero turn ride on mowers, walk behind mowers, snow blowers, residential robotic mowers, hand-held outdoor
power equipment, garden tools, and parts and accessories to professionals and consumers under the DEWALT®,
CRAFTSMAN®, CUB CADET®, BLACK+DECKER®, and HUSTLER® brand names.
The segment sells its products to professional end users, distributors, independent dealers, retail consumers and industrial
customers in a wide variety of industries and geographies. The majority of sales are distributed through retailers, including
home centers, mass merchants, hardware stores, and retail lumber yards, as well as third-party distributors, independent dealers,
and a direct sales force.
Industrial
The Industrial segment is comprised of the Engineered Fastening business and the Infrastructure business prior to its sale in
April 2024. Annual revenues in the Industrial segment, inclusive of the Infrastructure business through the date of sale, were
$2.1 billion in 2024, representing 13% of the Company’s total revenues.
The Engineered Fastening business is a global leader of highly engineered, application-based solutions. The business primarily
sells highly engineered components such as fasteners, fittings and various engineered products, which are designed for specific
application across multiple verticals. The product lines include externally threaded fasteners, blind rivets and tools, blind inserts
and tools, drawn arc weld studs and systems, engineered plastic and mechanical fasteners, self-piercing riveting systems,
precision nut running systems, micro fasteners, high-strength structural fasteners, axel swage, latches, heat shields, pins, and
couplings. The business sells to customers in the automotive, manufacturing, electronics, construction, and aerospace industries,
amongst others, and its products are distributed through a direct sales force and, to a lesser extent, third-party distributors.
Other Information
Competition
The Company competes on the basis of its reputation for innovation and product quality, its well-known brands, its
commitment to customer service, its strong customer relationships, the breadth of its product lines focused on core end-user
segments, and customer value propositions.
The Company encounters active competition in the Tools & Outdoor and Industrial segments from both larger and smaller
companies that offer the same or similar products and services or that produce different products appropriate for the same uses.
Certain large customers offer private label brands (“house brands”) that compete across a wide spectrum of the Company’s
Tools & Outdoor segment product offerings.
Major Customers
4
A significant portion of the Company’s Tools & Outdoor products are sold to home centers and mass merchants in the U.S. and
Europe. A consolidation of retailers both in North America and abroad has occurred over time. While this consolidation and the
domestic and international expansion of these large retailers have provided the Company with opportunities for growth, the
increasing size and importance of individual customers create a certain degree of exposure to potential sales volume loss.
Lowe's accounted for approximately 14%, 14% and 15% of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2024, 2023 and 2022,
respectively, while The Home Depot accounted for approximately 14%, 13% and 13% of the Company's consolidated net sales
in 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. No other customer exceeded 10% of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2024, 2023
or 2022.
Working Capital
The Company continues to practice the operating principles encompassed by Operational Excellence, one element of the supply
chain transformation, leveraging the principles of sales and operations planning, operational lean, global supply management,
order-to-cash excellence, and upskilling the Company's workforce. The Company aims to develop standardized business
processes and system platforms to reduce costs and provide scalability. Working capital turns were 4.9 at the end of 2024, up
0.7 turns from 2023, driven by the Company's continued focus on strategic inventory management and working capital
efficiency. The Company plans to continue leveraging Operational Excellence to generate ongoing improvements in working
capital turns, cycle times, and customer service levels.
Raw Materials
The Company’s products are manufactured using resins, ferrous and non-ferrous metals including, but not limited to, steel, zinc,
copper, brass, aluminum and nickel. The Company also purchases components such as batteries, motors, engines,
transmissions, and electronic components to use in manufacturing and assembly operations along with resin-based molded
parts. The raw materials required are procured globally and generally available from multiple sources at competitive prices. As
part of the Company's Enterprise Risk Management, the Company has implemented a supplier risk mitigation strategy in order
to identify and address any potential supply disruption or material scarcity issues associated with commodities, components,
finished goods and critical services. The Company does not anticipate difficulties in obtaining supplies for any raw materials
used in its production processes and has maintained the proactive measures taken in 2022 to secure energy supply in its
European factories to insulate the Company's production from supply constraints in the region.
Patents and Trademarks
No business segment is solely dependent, to any significant degree, on patents, licenses, franchises or concessions, and the loss
of one or several of these patents, licenses, franchises or concessions would not have a material adverse effect on any of the
Company's businesses. The Company owns numerous patents, none of which individually are material to the Company's
operations as a whole. These patents expire at various times over the next 20 years. The Company holds licenses, franchises and
concessions, none of which individually or in the aggregate are material to the Company's operations as a whole. These
licenses, franchises and concessions vary in duration, but generally run from one to 40 years.
The Company has numerous trademarks that are used in its businesses worldwide. In the Tools & Outdoor segment, significant
trademarks include DEWALT®, CRAFTSMAN®, STANLEY®, BLACK+DECKER®, DEWALT FLEXVOLT®, DEWALT
POWERSTACK®, DEWALT POWERSHIFT™, IRWIN®, LENOX®, PORTER-CABLE®, BOSTITCH®, FATMAX®,
Powers®, Guaranteed Tough®, MAC TOOLS®, PROTO®, Vidmar®, FACOM®, Expert®, LISTA®, MTD®, CUB
CADET®, TROY-BILT®, HUSTLER®, and the yellow & black color scheme for power tools and accessories. Significant
trademarks in the Industrial segment include STANLEY®, NELSON®, CribMaster®, POP®, Avdel®, Tucker®, NPR®,
Spiralock®, CAM®, Bristol Industries®, Voss™, Aerofit™, EA Patten™, Integra®, and Optia®. The terms of these
trademarks typically vary from 10 to 20 years, with most trademarks being renewable indefinitely for like terms.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs, which are classified in Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A"), were $328.8 million,
$362.0 million and $357.4 million, or 2.1%, 2.3%, and 2.1% of net sales, for fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The 2024 investment reflects a modest decline versus prior year due to the Infrastructure divestiture and more focused spend in
the outdoor product line. The Company continues to invest in its innovation model targeting key end-user segments with
products designed to deliver against the attributes of productivity, quality and safety, and places an emphasis on electrification.
Governmental Regulations
The Company's operations are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, both within and outside the
U.S., in areas such as environmental protection, international trade, anti-corruption, data privacy, tax, consumer protection,
government contracts, climate change and others. The Company is subject to import and export controls, tariffs, and other
5
trade-related regulations and restrictions in the countries in which it has operations or otherwise does business. These controls,
tariffs, regulations, and restrictions have had, and may continue to have, a material impact on the Company's business,
including its ability to sell products and to manufacture or source components. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors in Part I of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding various laws and regulations that affect the Company's
business operations.
The Company is also subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and foreign countries where it has
operations. In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings relating to environmental
issues. The Company’s policy is to accrue environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In the event that no amount in
the range of probable loss is considered most likely, the minimum loss in the range is accrued. The amount of liability recorded
is based on an evaluation of currently available facts with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing
technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities
recorded do not take into account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As assessments and remediation
progress at individual sites, the amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal
information that becomes available. As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company had reserves of $275.4
million and $124.5 million, respectively, for remediation activities associated with Company-owned properties, as well as for
Superfund sites, for losses that are probable and estimable. Of the 2024 amount, $51.4 million is classified as current within
Accrued expenses and $224.0 million as long-term within Other liabilities, which is expected to be paid over the estimated
remediation period. As of December 28, 2024, the Company has recorded $17.4 million in Other assets related to funding by
the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and monies received have been placed in trust in accordance with the Consent
Decree associated with the West Coast Loading Corporation ("WCLC") proceedings, as further discussed in Note R,
Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Accordingly, the Company's net cash obligation as
of December 28, 2024 associated with the aforementioned remediation activities is $258.0 million. As of December 28, 2024,
the range of environmental remediation costs that is reasonably possible is $191.5 million to $408.1 million, which is subject to
change in the near term. The Company may be liable for environmental remediation of sites it no longer owns. Liabilities have
been recorded on those sites in accordance with the Company's policy.
The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and
adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred in future
periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the imprecision
in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with
these matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect on its financial position, results of
operations or liquidity. Additional information regarding environmental matters is available in Note R, Contingencies, of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
Compliance with government regulations, including environmental and climate change regulations, has not had, and based on
current information and the applicable laws and regulations currently in effect, is not expected to have a material effect on the
Company's capital expenditures, results of operations or competitive position. However, laws and regulations may be changed,
accelerated or adopted that impose significant operational restrictions and compliance requirements upon the Company and
which could negatively impact its operating results and financial condition.
Human Capital Management
The Company has a strategic vision to grow as an employer of choice with leading market positions in each of its major
categories. The Company’s human capital management fuels every part of the path to this vision, supporting long-term growth.
It begins with its Purpose (why we do what we do), Values (intrinsically what we prioritize), Leadership Behaviors (how we
lead), Focus Forward Priorities (what we work on), Operating Model (how we work), and Key Performance Indicators (how we
measure success).
To achieve this vision, the Company will continue to focus intently on its Focus Forward strategy, which details the long-term
focus areas that will guide the journey forward. The priorities and core focus areas include a strong foundation of attracting,
developing and retaining talent, building organizational capabilities, and evolving the Company's culture. The People & Culture
pillar of this strategy is something that everyone is responsible for – especially people managers.
To drive this focus and build a workforce that can execute its Focus Forward strategy, the Company introduced a new People
goal. The objective is focused on attracting, developing and retaining the workforce of the future with top talent across the
Company, so that it can serve its customers and end users with best-in-class brands and innovation. To do this, the Company
strives to create an environment that drives increased employee engagement.
6
As of December 28, 2024, the Company had approximately 48,500 employees in 60 countries. Approximately 33% of total
employees were employed in the U.S. In addition, the Company had approximately 8,100 temporary contractors globally,
primarily in operations. The employee workforce is comprised of approximately 69% hourly-paid employees, principally in
manufacturing and distribution centers, and 31% salaried employees.
As of December 28, 2024, there were approximately 900 U.S. employees covered by collective bargaining agreements
dispersed among 8 different local labor unions, and a majority of European employees are represented by Works Councils.
Three U.S. collective bargaining agreements are scheduled for renegotiation in the next 12 months. The Company strives to
maintain a positive relationship with all its employees, as well as the unions and Works Councils representing them, where
applicable.
Talent Attraction, Development, and Retention
Attraction
In 2024, the Company continued to invest in developing a global talent acquisition center of excellence, building on the work
started in 2022 within the regions to better focus on skill shortages locally, while providing a consistent, candidate experience.
Additionally, the Company continues to work with a dedicated focus on improving the candidate experience, from attraction
through onboarding to enhance the ease of application for job seekers. The Company plans to continue this work through 2025.
The Company also commenced work to develop an Employee Value Proposition and Employer Brand to help articulate
Company values and culture to potential candidates in the attraction process. This work is expected to continue into 2025.
Development
Talent development is a key enabler of the People & Culture pillar of the Company's Focus Forward strategy. A foundation of
development includes clearly defined goals and performance feedback. The annual performance feedback process has been
simplified and encourages both self-reflection and leader feedback against goals to support ongoing development. The new
process started in the fourth quarter of 2023 and was implemented in 2024. This shift is designed to ultimately improve leader
and employee feedback skills and facilitate a continuous cycle of feedback and employee development, enabling employees to
grow and develop while enhancing their overall experience.
Lifelong learning is supported through a combination of the Company's internal human capital management system and
external third-party providers. Central to meeting customer and end-user needs are skilled operations professionals working in
the Company's manufacturing and distribution facilities. The Company has invested in its hourly operations workforce with
dedicated enablement programs focused on upskilling initiatives and future career opportunities, as well as job-specific training.
Through digital learning technology, the Company delivers on-demand visual training on how to get things done right. This
powerful efficiency tool has expanded from the factory floor and is being integrated into onboarding and mandatory safety
training, helping the Company’s operations employees learn outside of the classroom and increasing uptake for on-the-job
training. In 2024, the program had over 5,000 published knowledge videos with approximately 89,000 views.
The Company’s leadership development is anchored in values that highlight important attributes like agility, integrity, and
accountability. To further development, the Company has embarked on a robust leadership talent review process and has
invested in a 360-assessment process and dedicated coaching for many of its leaders. These practices provide valuable feedback
and insights to leaders on their strengths and opportunities, as well as offer information on enterprise talent strength to help
further shape leadership development. In 2024, the Company strove to advance leadership capability anchored to its values and
priorities with the launch of a new in-person manager training for over 2,000 leaders globally.
In 2025, the Company plans to continue to evolve its Leadership and Development framework by developing enterprise-wide
training and development experiences at all levels. This framework will focus on accelerating the development of the
Company’s current and future leaders and building competencies in all employees to further its Focus Forward strategy.
Retention
The Company monitors organizational health through a variety of channels including employee engagement surveys, town
halls, roundtables, listening sessions, and an internal communications platform. The Company recently improved its Human
Capital Management tool which will enable the Company’s Human Resources data team to continuously share new metrics,
reports and dashboards related to headcount, hiring, and retention to provide value-driven insight from people data.
Total Rewards and Employee Well-being
Total Rewards programs consist of compensation, benefits, recognition, and well-being programs. Program designs incorporate
both global and country-specific considerations to effectively attract, retain, and reward employees. The Company’s portfolio of
7
programs is designed to deliver market-competitive remuneration aligned with shareholder interests and supports internal talent
objectives. In addition to standard compensation and benefits packages, a sizable portion of managers and select individual
contributors are eligible to earn annual incentive payouts contingent on the achievement of business objectives, and employees
are generally eligible for special recognition awards.
The Company is committed to fostering a culture of holistic well-being, recognizing that employees who thrive individually are
best equipped to achieve sustainable high performance and contribute positively to the Company culture. The Company’s
comprehensive approach incorporates multiple dimensions of well-being, including mental and emotional health, physical
health, occupational satisfaction, financial stability, and social connections.
Grow the Trades Program
Through its “Grow the Trades” program, the Company has maintained its commitment to reducing the tradesperson deficit and
continues to invest in education and upskilling programs for skilled trades through strategic partnerships with non-profits across
the regions in which it operates.
The Company believes that the increase in demand for tradespeople —driven, in part, by investments in infrastructure, an
increased need for additional housing, and a shortage of trained craftspeople—is creating a significant influx of opportunities
for individuals coming into the skilled trades. Against this backdrop, the Company has advanced initiatives designed to provide
both new and experienced workers with the necessary training, products, and solutions they need to succeed in the industry.
This includes facilitating networking, education, and support initiatives for specialized trade skills in pipe, mechanical,
concrete, finishing and electrical.
Since the Company introduced its goal to invest $30 million over 5 years (by 2027) into programs that train tradespeople, it has
invested over $19 million, which includes a mix of its hand and power tools as well as financial support. These investments are
increasingly directed to organizations that serve the Company’s priority trades in its priority markets, representing its core end
users.
The Company is also providing resources to improve accessibility of the trades to underserved populations, and in 2024, the
Company provided scholarships to students pursuing secondary education aligned with its business priorities. Through the
Stanley Black & Decker Leadership Scholarship, the Company awarded scholarships to high school and college scholars,
affording them with access to expanded experiential learning beyond their classrooms and enabling them to pursue their
education while working to achieve their leadership and academic aspirations in business, technology, and STEM fields.
Through the DEWALT Trades Scholarship program, the Company provided scholarships to individuals attending a two-year
college or vocational-technical school who are pursuing a trade degree/certificate in fields aligned with the Company's end
markets.
The Company is committed to addressing the trade skills gap and investing in communities that support education and training
programs for local tradespeople.
Environment, Health and Safety
The Company’s Environmental, Health and Safety (“EHS”) Management System describes the core elements of EHS
responsibility and accountability, including policies and procedures that are referenced to global standards and in alignment
with the Company’s Code of Business Ethics, applicable laws, and site needs. In 2023 and 2024, the Company reinforced EHS
as a key priority that applies to employees and operating locations worldwide, including manufacturing facilities, distribution
centers, warehouses, laboratories, field service centers, retail locations, office locations and mobile units, as well as to the
Company's subsidiaries. The Company drove several improvement efforts including an update of its EHS Management System
to better align with its current organization. This enabled the Company to continue shifting from reactive to more proactive in
risk recognition, assessment, and mitigation at all levels. Legal requirements and responses may vary in the different countries
and local jurisdictions in which the Company’s facilities are located. The Corporate EHS team develops technical and effective
capabilities to enable strong performance at the Company’s sites.
Governance and Oversight
The Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and the management Executive Committee are entrusted with developing and advancing
the Company’s human capital strategy which is reviewed annually with periodic updates on progress with the Compensation &
Talent Development Committee and the entire Board. The Chief Human Resources Officer (“CHRO”), who reports directly to
the CEO, is charged with the development and stewardship of this strategy on an enterprise-wide basis. This incorporates a
broad range of dimensions, including culture, values, labor and employee relations, leadership expectations and capabilities,
talent development, performance management, and total rewards. Each year, the Company conducts an extensive talent review
8
with its CEO in which the leadership team, key talent, and succession plans are reviewed. Afterward, the CEO or CHRO leads a
talent review with the Compensation & Talent Development Committee, which provides strategic oversight and direction
regarding the talent development process, as well as with the entire membership of the Board, at least annually.
Refer to the caption "Information About Our Executive Officers" in Part 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance of the Registrant in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
additional information regarding the Company's Executive Officers.
Code of Business Ethics and Workplace Harassment Prevention training, among others, are provided to employees and the
content is regularly reviewed and updated. Employees have access to the Integrity Helpline where support, guidance and
resources are available. Employees are encouraged to raise any concerns through multiple channels, including through the
confidential Integrity Helpline, without fear of retaliation or retribution.
Available Information
The Company’s website is located at https://www.stanleyblackanddecker.com. This URL is intended to be an inactive textual
reference only. It is not intended to be an active hyperlink to the Company's website. Additionally, this Annual Report on Form
10-K includes several website addresses and references to additional materials found on those websites. These websites and
materials, including the information on the Company's website that may be referenced in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is
provided for convenience only and is not intended to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated into
this report by reference. The Company makes its Forms 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K and amendments to each available free of charge on
its website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing them with, or furnishing them to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC").
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
The Company’s business, operations and financial condition are subject to various risks and uncertainties. You should
carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, including those risks set forth under the heading entitled "Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking
Statements" in Item 7, and in other documents that the Company files with, or furnishes to, the SEC, before making any
investment decision with respect to its securities. If any of the risks or uncertainties actually occur or develop, the Company’s
business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could change. Under these circumstances, the
trading prices of the Company’s securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment in the Company’s
securities.
Business and Operational Risks
The Company’s business is subject to risks associated with sourcing, manufacturing and maintaining appropriate inventory
levels.
The Company imports large quantities of finished goods, component parts and raw materials. Lead times for these items vary
significantly and may be further impacted by global shortages of critical components. Global trade and supply chain constraints
in the wake of geopolitical tensions and conflicts have adversely impacted, and could adversely impact again, the availability,
pricing and lead times for products, component parts and raw materials and thus negatively impact the Company’s results of
operations. Specifically, the Company sources materials from South Korea, China and Taiwan, and any future tensions or
conflicts in such regions could cause material disruptions in the Company's supply chain which could, in turn, cause product
shortages, delays in delivery and/or increases in the Company's cost incurred to produce and deliver products to its customers.
Other potential consequences arising from the further escalation of conflicts and global geopolitical tensions cannot be
predicted.
In addition, the Company’s ability to import these items in a timely and cost-effective manner may be affected by conditions at
ports or issues that otherwise affect transportation and warehousing providers, such as fluctuations in freight costs, port and
shipping capacity, labor disputes and shortages, severe weather, or increased homeland security requirements in the U.S. and
other countries. These issues have delayed, and could delay in the future, importation of products or require the Company to
locate alternative ports or warehousing providers to avoid disruption to customers. These alternatives may not be available on
short notice or could result in higher transit costs, which could have an adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of
operations, and financial condition.
9
The Company also relies on its ability to maintain inventory levels appropriate to meet consumer and customer demand. The
Company is focused on optimizing inventory levels via improved supply chain conditions and strategic inventory management.
Any failure to optimize inventory levels or otherwise maintain appropriate inventory levels to meet consumer and customer
demand, may expose the Company to risks of excess inventory and less marketable or obsolete inventory and could require the
Company to sell excess or obsolete inventory at a discount, which could result in inventory write-offs that would negatively
impact the Company’s results of operations.
The Company also relies on its suppliers to provide high quality products and to comply with applicable laws. The Company’s
ability to find qualified suppliers who meet its standards, and supply products in a timely, cost-effective and efficient manner is
a significant challenge with the increasing demand from customers, especially with respect to goods sourced from non-U.S.
suppliers. A supplier’s failure to meet the Company’s standards, provide products in a timely, cost-effective and efficient
manner, or comply with applicable laws is beyond the Company’s control. These issues could have a material negative impact
on the Company's business and profitability. Poor quality or an insecure supply chain may also adversely affect the reliability
and reputation of the Company. For certain products, the Company may rely on one or very few suppliers, which may limit the
Company’s ability to expeditiously source alternatives.
The Company’s business is subject to risks associated with the global trade environment, including customs and trade
regulations, tariffs, quotas, import taxes and international trade agreements.
Substantially all of the Company's import operations are subject to customs requirements, trade restrictions and protection
measures, and to tariffs, quotas and taxes on imports set by governments through mutual agreements, bilateral actions or, in
some cases unilateral action, such as tariffs implemented by the U.S. government under Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974.
In addition, the countries in which the Company’s products and materials are manufactured or imported from (including
importation into the U.S. of the Company's products manufactured overseas) may from time to time impose additional quotas,
duties, tariffs or other restrictions on its imports (including restrictions on manufacturing operations) or adversely modify
existing restrictions. Adverse changes in the Company’s import costs and restrictions, or failure by the Company’s suppliers to
comply with customs regulations or similar laws, could harm the Company’s business.
Changes in governmental policy regarding international trade, including import and export regulation, sanctions, and
international trade agreements, have negatively impacted the Company’s business. Similar U.S. actions involving China,
Mexico or other countries, and any corresponding retaliatory efforts, could be adopted or modified with little or no advanced
notice, result in disruption to the Company's supply chain and an increase in supply chain costs that the Company may not be
able to accurately assess and offset, which could in turn require the Company to increase its prices and, in the event customer
demand declines as a result, adversely impact the Company’s results of operations. For example, in 2018 the U.S. imposed
tariffs on steel and aluminum as well as on goods imported from China and certain other countries, which resulted in retaliatory
tariffs by China and other countries. Diplomatic and trade tensions between the U.S. and China remain high. Existing tariffs
remain in effect and there is a possibility of further escalation of trade tensions or additional trade restrictions.
Certain of the Company’s competitors may be better positioned than the Company to withstand or react to these kinds of
changes and other restrictions on global trade and as a result the Company could lose market share to such competitors. While
the Company may be able to expand or shift sourcing options, such efforts are time consuming and would be difficult or
impracticable for many products and may result in an increase in its manufacturing costs.
The Company’s operations are also subject to the effects of international trade agreements and regulations such as the United
States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, and the activities and regulations of the World Trade Organization. Although these trade
agreements generally have, and the Company has benefited from, positive effects on trade liberalization, sourcing flexibility
and cost of goods by reducing or eliminating the duties and/or quotas assessed on products manufactured in a particular
country, trade agreements, however, can also impose requirements that adversely affect the Company’s business, such as setting
quotas on products that may be imported from a particular country into key markets including the U.S. or the European Union
("EU"), or making it easier for other companies to compete, by eliminating restrictions on products from countries where the
Company’s competitors source products.
The Company cannot predict if, and to what extent, other countries in which its products are currently manufactured or will be
manufactured in the future, or countries into which its products are imported, will be subject to, or implement, additional or
increased tariffs, new trade restrictions or other changes to existing international trade agreements, the impact of which the
Company may not be able to accurately assess or effectively mitigate and any of which could have a material adverse impact on
its business. In addition, efforts to withdraw from, or substantially modify, such agreements or arrangements, in addition to the
implementation of more restrictive trade policies, such as more detailed inspections, import or export licensing requirements
and exchange controls or new barriers to entry, could limit the Company’s ability to capitalize on current and future growth
opportunities in international markets, impair its ability to expand the business by offering new products, and could adversely
10
impact its production costs, customer demand and relationships with customers and suppliers. Any of these consequences could
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Changes in customer or end-user preferences, the inability to maintain mutually beneficial relationships with large
customers, inventory reductions by customers, and the inability to penetrate new channels of distribution could adversely
affect the Company’s business.
The Company has certain significant customers, particularly home centers and major retailers. In 2024, the two largest
customers comprised approximately 28% of consolidated net sales, with U.S. and international mass merchants and home
centers collectively comprising approximately 43% of consolidated net sales. The loss or material reduction of business, the
lack of success of sales initiatives, or changes in customer or end-user preferences or loyalties for the Company’s products,
related to any such significant customer could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash
flows. In addition, the Company’s major customers are volume purchasers, a few of which are much larger than the Company,
and have strong bargaining power with suppliers. This factor limits the ability to recover cost increases through higher selling
prices. Furthermore, unanticipated inventory adjustments by these customers can have a negative impact on the Company's net
sales.
In times of tough economic conditions, the Company has experienced significant distributor inventory corrections reflecting de-
stocking of the supply chain associated with difficult credit markets. Such distributor de-stocking exacerbated sales volume
declines pertaining to weak end-user demand and the broader economic recession. The Company’s results may be adversely
impacted in future periods by such customer inventory adjustments. Further, the inability to continue to penetrate new channels
of distribution may have a negative impact on the Company’s future results.
The Company faces active global competition and if it does not compete effectively, its business may suffer.
The Company faces active competition and resulting pricing pressures. The Company’s products compete on the basis of,
among other things, its reputation for product quality, its well-known brands, price, performance, innovation and customer
service capabilities. The Company competes with both larger and smaller companies that offer the same or similar products and
services or that produce different products appropriate for the same uses. These companies, especially those with global
footprints and low-cost sources of supply, vertically integrated business models and/or highly protected home countries outside
the United States, may have lower labor and other production costs than the Company. Also, certain large customers offer
house brands that compete with some of the Company’s product offerings as a lower-cost alternative. To remain profitable and
maintain or grow market share, the Company must maintain a competitive cost structure, develop new products and services,
lead product innovation, successfully execute its platform design innovation efforts, respond to competitor innovations and
enhance its existing products in a timely manner. The Company also competes for labor, particularly in its manufacturing
facilities, which can drive higher labor costs and adversely impact its ability to efficiently operate. Any failure to attract and
retain employees at the Company’s manufacturing facilities or in other parts of the Company’s operations may adversely affect
its business and ability to meet customer demand, which in turn could adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and results of
operations. The Company may not be able to compete effectively on all of these fronts and with all of its competitors, and the
failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on its sales and profits.
Operational Excellence, one element of the supply chain transformation, is a continuous operational improvement process
applied to many aspects of the Company’s business such as procurement, quality in manufacturing, maximizing customer fill
rates, integrating acquisitions and other key business processes. In the event the Company is not successful in effectively
applying the Operational Excellence principles to its key business processes, including those of acquired businesses, its ability
to compete and future earnings could be adversely affected.
In addition, the Company may have to reduce prices on its products and services, or make other concessions, to stay
competitive. Price reductions taken by the Company in response to customer and competitive pressures, as well as price
reductions and promotional actions taken to drive demand that may not result in anticipated sales levels, could also negatively
impact its business. The Company engages in restructuring actions, sometimes entailing shifts of production to low-cost
countries, as part of its efforts to maintain a competitive cost structure. If the Company does not execute restructuring actions
well, its ability to meet customer demand may decline, or earnings may otherwise be adversely impacted. Similarly, if such
efforts to reform the cost structure are delayed relative to competitors or other market factors, the Company may lose market
share and profits.
Customer consolidation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.
A significant portion of the Company’s products are sold through home centers and mass merchant distribution channels in the
U.S. and Europe. A consolidation of retailers in both North America and abroad has occurred over time and the increasing size
11
and importance of individual customers creates risk of exposure to potential volume or profitability loss. The loss of certain
larger home centers as customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.
Low demand for new products and the inability to develop and introduce new products at favorable margins could adversely
impact the Company’s performance and prospects for future growth.
The Company’s competitive advantage is due in part to its ability to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner at
favorable margins. The uncertainties associated with developing and introducing new products, such as market demand, the
unavailability of raw materials necessary for production of the Company's products and costs of development and production,
may impede the successful development and introduction of new products on a consistent basis. Introduction of new technology
may result in higher costs to the Company than that of the technology replaced. That increase in costs, which may continue
indefinitely or until increased demand and greater availability in the sources of the new technology drive down its cost, could
adversely affect the Company’s results of operations. Market acceptance of the new products introduced in recent years and
scheduled for introduction in future years may not meet sales expectations due to various factors, such as the failure to
accurately predict market demand, end-user preferences, evolving industry standards, or the emergence of new or disruptive
technologies. Moreover, the ultimate success and profitability of the new products may depend on the Company’s ability to
resolve technical and technological challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner, and to achieve manufacturing efficiencies.
The Company’s investments in productive capacity and commitments to fund advertising and product promotions in connection
with these new products could erode profits if those expectations are not met.
The pace of technological change continues to accelerate and the Company's ability to react effectively to such change may
present significant competitive risks.
The Company's future growth rate depends upon a number of factors, including its ability to (i) identify and evolve with
emerging technological and broader industry trends in its target end-markets, including, but not limited to, artificial intelligence
and machine learning; (ii) defend its market share against an ever-expanding number of competitors, including many new and
non-traditional competitors; (iii) monitor disruptive technologies and business models; and (iv) attract, develop, and retain
individuals with the requisite technical expertise and understanding of customers’ needs to develop new technologies and
introduce new products.
To remain competitive, the Company will need to stay abreast of new technologies, require its employees to continue to learn
and adapt to new technologies and be able to integrate them into current and future business models, products, services and
processes, comply with evolving regulatory and operational requirements concerning the use of emerging technologies and also
guard against existing and new competitors disrupting the marketplace using such technologies. For example, changing market
trends, such as increased consumer demand for energy efficient products and technologies in response, in part, to climate
change, require the Company to develop and adopt new innovations focused on electrification. The Company may not
adequately meet these demands or develop and adapt to the applicable new technologies focused on electrification, which could
adversely affect the Company’s reputation and the consumer and customer demand for the Company’s products. The failure of
the Company's technologies or products to gain market acceptance due to more attractive offerings by its competitors or the
failure to address any of the above factors could negatively impact revenues and adversely affect its competitive standing and
prospects.
The Company has significant operations outside of the U.S., which are subject to political, legal, economic and other risks
arising from international operations.
The Company has significant operations outside of the U.S. Such business operations are subject to political, legal, economic
and other risks inherent in operating internationally, such as:
•
the difficulty of enforcing agreements and protecting assets through legal systems outside the U.S. including
intellectual property rights, which may not be recognized, and which the Company may not be able to protect outside
the U.S. to the same extent as under U.S. law;
•
managing widespread operations and enforcing internal controls, policies and procedures designed to deter prohibited
practices under U.S. and foreign anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering regulations and sanctions,
such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and the UK Bribery Act of 2010;
•
import or export licensing requirements and controls and economic and trade sanctions administered by the Office of
Foreign Assets Control;
•
the application of certain labor regulations outside of the U.S.;
•
compliance with a wide variety of complex and evolving non-U.S. laws and regulations, which may conflict with U.S.
laws and regulations or those of other countries;
12
•
instability or changes in the general political and economic conditions in the countries where the Company operates
(such as the conflicts between Russia and Ukraine, and in the Middle East and tensions in South Korea, China and
Taiwan);
•
the threat of nationalization and expropriation;
•
increased costs and risks of doing business and managing a workforce in a wide variety of jurisdictions;
•
the increased possibility of cyber threats in certain jurisdictions;
•
government controls limiting importation of goods;
•
government controls limiting payments to suppliers for imported goods;
•
limitations on, or impacts from, the repatriation of foreign earnings; and
•
exposure to wage, price and capital controls.
Changes in the political or economic environments in the countries in which the Company operates or violations or perceived
violations of the laws and regulations of such countries could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows. Additionally, compliance with international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to the
Company’s international operations increases the cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. Violations of such laws and
regulations may result in severe fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, administrative remedies or restrictions on business
conduct, and any such violations, or perceived violations, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, its
ability to attract and retain employees, and its business, operating results and financial condition.
The Company’s success depends on its ability to improve productivity and streamline operations to control or reduce costs.
The Company is committed to continuous productivity improvement and evaluating opportunities to reduce fixed costs,
simplify or improve processes, and eliminate excess capacity. The Company has undertaken restructuring and cost-reduction
actions, the savings of which may be mitigated by many factors, including economic weakness, inflation, competitive pressures,
higher labor costs and decisions to increase costs in areas such as sales promotion or research and development above levels
that were otherwise assumed.
In mid-2022, the Company initiated a supply chain transformation designed to return adjusted gross margins to historical 35%+
levels by improving fill rates and better matching inventory with customer demand. This transformation has involved, and will
continue to involve, significant investment from the Company, and the success and anticipated cost savings from this
transformation are not assured. Failure to achieve, or delays in achieving, projected levels of efficiencies and cost savings from
this transformation and other restructuring or cost reduction actions introduced by the Company, significant increases in the
costs related to such actions, or unanticipated inefficiencies resulting from this transformation and other manufacturing and
administrative reorganization actions in progress or contemplated, could adversely affect the anticipated cost savings as well as
the Company’s reputation and financial position.
A material disruption of the Company's operations, particularly at its manufacturing facilities or within its information
technology infrastructure, could adversely affect business.
The Company's facilities, supply chains, distribution systems, and information technology systems are subject to catastrophic
loss due to natural disasters or other disruptions, including hurricanes and floods, droughts and water scarcity, power outages,
energy shortages, fires, explosions, terrorism or other geopolitical tensions, equipment failures, sabotage, cybersecurity
incidents, any potential effects of climate change and adverse weather conditions, labor disputes, critical supply failure,
inaccurate downtime forecast, political disruption, public health crises, like a regional or global pandemic such as COVID-19,
and other reasons, which has and could again result in undesirable consequences, including financial losses and damaged
relationships with customers. The Company employs information technology systems and networks to support the business and
relies on them to process, transmit and store electronic information, and to manage or support a variety of business processes
and activities. Disruptions to the Company's information technology infrastructure from system failures, shutdowns, power
outages, telecommunication or utility failures, cybersecurity incidents, and other events, including disruptions at its cloud
computing server, systems and other third party IT service providers, could interfere with its operations, interrupt production
and shipments, damage customer and business partner relationships, and negatively impact its reputation.
The effects of extreme weather conditions could also place capacity constraints on the Company’s supply chain. For example,
steel and copper are critical to the design of the Company's products and some countries from which steel and copper are
sourced, have experienced severe weather. A severe weather event in these countries could cause disruptions in the Company's
supply chain which could, in turn, cause product shortages, delays in delivery and/or increases in the Company's cost to produce
and deliver products to its customers.
If the Company were required to write-down all or part of its goodwill, indefinite-lived trade names, or other definite-lived
intangible assets, its net income and net worth could be materially adversely affected.
13
As of December 28, 2024, the Company has approximately $7.9 billion of goodwill, approximately $2.3 billion of indefinite-
lived trade names and approximately $1.4 billion of net definite-lived intangible assets. The Company is required to
periodically, at least annually, determine if its goodwill or indefinite-lived trade names have become impaired, in which case it
would write down the impaired portion of the asset. The definite-lived intangible assets, including customer relationships, are
amortized over their estimated useful lives and are evaluated for impairment when appropriate. Impairment of intangible assets
may be triggered by developments outside of the Company’s control, such as worsening economic conditions, technological
change, intensified competition or other factors, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and
results of operations. During 2024, the Company recorded impairment charges of $72.4 million, comprised of $41.0 million
related to the Lenox trade name, $25.5 million related to the Infrastructure business, and $5.9 million related to a small business
in the Industrial segment. During 2023, the Company recorded impairment charges of $274.8 million, comprised of
$124.0 million related to the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names and $150.8 million related to the Infrastructure business. During
2022, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $168.4 million related to the Oil & Gas business. Refer to Note E,
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional information on the trade name impairments. Refer to Note S, Divestitures, for
additional information on the 2024 divestiture of the Infrastructure business and the 2022 divestiture of the Oil & Gas business.
Strategic Risks
The successful execution of the Company’s business strategy depends on its ability to recruit, retain, train, motivate, and
develop employees and execute effective succession planning.
The Company’s business success depends, in part, on the contributions and abilities of key executives and management
personnel, its sales force and other personnel, including the ability of its sales force to adapt to any changes made in the sales
organization and achieve adequate customer coverage. The failure to recruit, retain, develop, engage, and motivate qualified
management, sales and other personnel and successfully execute organizational change and management transitions at
leadership levels could adversely impact the Company’s reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.
A shortage of key employees, whether as a result of difficulty in recruiting, insufficient training or employee turnover, might
jeopardize the Company’s ability to implement its business strategy, and changes in the key management team can result in loss
of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge, decreased morale, departure of other key employees, disruptions to the
Company’s operations and inefficiency during transitional periods.
The Company’s acquisitions, exiting of businesses, divestitures, strategic investments and alliances and joint ventures, as
well as general business reorganizations, may result in financial results that are different than expected and certain risks for
its business and operations.
As part of the Company's strategy, it may acquire businesses or assets, divest businesses or assets, enter into strategic alliances
and joint ventures, and make similar investments to further its business.
Risks associated with such transactions include the following, any of which could adversely affect the Company's financial
results, including its effective tax rate:
•
the failure to identify the most suitable target candidates for acquisitions and to close on such acquisitions within
desired time frames, at a reasonable cost and on desirable terms;
•
difficulty in finding buyers or alternative exit strategies in connection with divestitures in a timely manner, and on
price and terms that are acceptable to the Company;
•
the ability to conduct and evaluate the results of due diligence with respect to acquisitions and investment transactions,
including the failure to identify significant issues with a target company’s product quality, financial disclosures,
accounting practices or internal control deficiencies; or the failure to identify, or accurately assess the risks of,
historical practices of target companies that would create liability or other exposures for the Company if they continue
post-completion or as a result of successor liability;
•
the difficulties and cost in obtaining any necessary regulatory or government approvals on acceptable terms and any
delay from the inability to satisfy pre-closing conditions;
•
the anticipated additional revenues from the acquired companies do not materialize, despite extensive due diligence;
•
the acquired businesses may lose market acceptance or profitability;
•
difficulties in retaining existing or attracting new business and operational relationships, including with customers,
suppliers and other counterparties;
•
the impact of divestitures on the Company's revenue growth and profitability may be larger than projected, as the
Company may experience greater dis-synergies than expected;
•
the diversion of Company management’s attention and other resources;
•
incurring significant restructuring charges and amortization expense, assuming liabilities, ongoing or new lawsuits
related to the transaction or otherwise or pre-closing regulatory violations of the acquired business, potential
14
impairment of acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, and increasing the Company's expenses and working
capital requirements;
•
continued post-closing involvement in a divested business, such as through continuing equity ownership, guarantees,
indemnities and other financial obligations, or transition services arrangements;
•
increased volatility and market vulnerability because of a more focused portfolio following completion of divestitures
and investment transactions; and
•
the loss of key personnel, distributors, clients or customers of acquired companies and difficulty in maintaining
employee morale.
In addition, the current and proposed changes to the U.S. and foreign regulatory approval process and requirements in
connection with an acquisition or divestiture may jeopardize, delay or reduce the anticipated benefits of the transaction to the
Company. Failure to effectively integrate acquired companies, strategic investments and alliances, consummate or manage any
future acquisitions, divestitures, or general business reorganizations, may adversely affect the Company’s existing businesses
and harm its operational results due to large write-offs, significant restructuring costs, contingent liabilities, substantial
depreciation, and/or adverse tax or other consequences. The Company cannot ensure that such integrations and reorganizations
will be successfully completed or that all of the planned synergies and other benefits will be realized.
Industry and Economic Risks
The Company’s results of operations could be negatively impacted by inflationary or deflationary economic conditions
which could affect the ability to obtain raw materials, component parts, freight, energy, labor and sourced finished goods in
a timely and cost-effective manner, as well as lead to changes in interest rate environments which impact its cost of funds,
the general strength of the economy and demand for its products in the market.
The Company’s products are manufactured using both ferrous and non-ferrous metals including, but not limited to, steel, zinc,
copper, brass, aluminum, and nickel. Additionally, the Company uses other commodity-based materials for components and
packaging including, but not limited to, plastics, resins, wood and corrugated products. The Company’s cost base also reflects
significant elements for freight, energy and labor. The Company also sources certain finished goods directly from vendors. If
the Company is unable to mitigate inflationary increases through various customer pricing actions and cost reduction initiatives,
its profitability may be adversely affected.
Conversely, in the event there is deflation, the Company may experience pressure from its customers to reduce prices, and there
can be no assurance that the Company would be able to reduce its cost base (through negotiations with suppliers or other
measures) to offset any such price concessions which could adversely impact results of operations and cash flows.
Further, as a result of inflationary or deflationary economic conditions, the Company believes it is possible that a limited
number of suppliers may either cease operations or require additional financial assistance from the Company in order to fulfill
their obligations. In a limited number of circumstances, the magnitude of the Company’s purchases of certain items is of such
significance that a change in established relationships with suppliers or increase in the costs of purchased raw materials,
component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or an inability to market
products. Changes in value-added tax rebates, currently available to the Company or to its suppliers, could also increase the
costs of the Company’s manufactured products, as well as purchased products and components, and could adversely affect the
Company’s results.
Uncertainty about the financial stability of economies outside the U.S. could have a significant adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
The Company generates approximately 38% of its revenues outside the U.S., including 16% from Europe and 13% from
various emerging market countries. Each of the Company’s segments generates sales in these marketplaces. While the
Company believes any volatility in the European or emerging marketplaces might be offset to some degree by the relative
stability in North America, the Company’s future growth, profitability and financial liquidity could be affected, in several ways,
including, but not limited to, the following:
•
depressed consumer and business confidence may decrease demand for products and services;
•
customers may implement cost reduction initiatives or delay purchases to address inventory levels;
•
significant declines in foreign currency values in countries where the Company operates could impact both the revenue
growth and overall profitability in those geographies;
•
a devaluation of foreign currencies could have an effect on the creditworthiness (as well as the availability of funds) of
customers in those regions impacting the collectability of receivables;
15
•
a devaluation of foreign currencies could have an adverse effect on the value of financial assets of the Company in the
effected countries; and
•
the impact of an event or changes to political and economic conditions (individual country default, or break up of the
Euro) could have an adverse impact on the global credit markets and global liquidity potentially impacting the
Company’s ability to access these credit markets and to raise capital or disrupting global energy supply or supply
chains.
Negative economic conditions and outlooks in the markets the Company serves may weaken demand for the Company’s
products.
Demand for the Company’s products depends, in part, on the general economic conditions affecting the industries and markets
in which it does business, including, but not limited to, construction and housing, general industrial, automotive, aerospace and
outdoor, and can be significantly reduced in an economic environment characterized by high unemployment, high interest rates,
cautious consumer spending, inflation, lower corporate earnings, and lower business investment. From time to time, the
Company has been adversely impacted by negative economic conditions within the markets it serves, including labor and raw
material shortages, inflation, high interest rates and declines in consumer confidence and housing demand. Any decrease in
demand for the Company’s products as a result of these and other negative economic factors may have a material adverse effect
on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations and its ability to execute capital allocation
plans, fund capital expenditures and investments, pay dividends and meet debt obligations and other liabilities.
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates which could negatively impact
profitability.
The Company manufactures and sells its products in many countries throughout the world. As a result, there is exposure to
foreign currency risk as the Company enters into transactions and makes investments denominated in multiple currencies. The
Company’s predominant currency exposures are related to the Euro, Canadian Dollar, British Pound, Australian Dollar,
Brazilian Real, Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) and the Taiwan Dollar. In preparing its financial statements, for foreign operations
with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are translated at current exchange rates, while
income and expenses are translated using average exchange rates. With respect to the effects on translated earnings, if the U.S.
dollar strengthens relative to local currencies, the Company’s earnings could be negatively impacted. Although the Company
utilizes risk management tools, including hedging, as it deems appropriate, to mitigate a portion of potential market fluctuations
in foreign currencies, there can be no assurance that such measures will result in all market fluctuation exposure being
eliminated. The Company generally does not hedge the translation of its non-U.S. dollar earnings in foreign subsidiaries but
may choose to do so in certain instances.
The Company sources many products from China and other low-cost countries for resale in other regions. The Company may
experience cost increases on such purchases and increases to its costs of goods sold to the extent the RMB or other currencies
appreciate, or other foreign currency changes occur. The Company may not be successful at implementing customer pricing or
other actions in an effort to mitigate the related cost increases and thus its profitability may be adversely impacted.
Financing Risks
The Company has incurred, and may incur in the future, significant indebtedness, and may in the future issue additional
equity or debt securities, including in connection with mergers or acquisitions, which may impact the manner in which it
conducts business or the Company’s access to external sources of liquidity. The potential issuance of such securities may
limit the Company’s ability to implement elements of its business strategy and may have a dilutive effect on earnings.
As described in Note G, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, the Company has a five-year $2.25 billion committed credit facility and a $1.25 billion syndicated 364-day credit
agreement. No amounts were outstanding against any of these facilities on December 28, 2024. As of December 28, 2024, the
Company had $6.2 billion principal amount of indebtedness.
The instruments and agreements governing certain of the Company’s current indebtedness contain requirements or restrictive
covenants that include, among other things:
•
a limitation on creating liens on certain property of the Company and its subsidiaries;
•
a restriction on entering into certain sale-leaseback transactions;
•
customary events of default, including repayment of all amounts outstanding in the event of the occurrence and
continuance of an event of default; and
•
maintenance of a specified financial ratio.
16
The Company has an interest coverage covenant in each of its 364-day credit agreement and five-year credit agreement that
must be maintained to permit continued access to its committed credit facilities. The interest coverage ratio tested for covenant
compliance compares adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization to adjusted net Interest Expense
("Adjusted EBITDA"/"Adjusted Net Interest Expense").
The Company must maintain, for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company, an interest coverage ratio of
not less than 3.50 to 1.00, provided that the Company is only required to maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than (i)
1.50 to 1.00 for any four fiscal quarter period ending on or before the end of the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024, and
(ii) 2.50 to 1.00 for any four fiscal quarter period ending after the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024 through and
including the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2025. For purposes of calculating the Company’s compliance with the interest
coverage ratio, as defined in each credit agreement, the Company is permitted to increase EBITDA to allow for additional
adjustment addbacks incurred prior to the end of the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2025, provided that (A) the sum of the
applicable adjustment addbacks incurred through and including the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024 may not exceed
$500 million in the aggregate, and (B) the sum of the applicable adjustment addbacks incurred from the Company’s third fiscal
quarter of 2024 through and including the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2025 may not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate; provided, further, that the sum of the applicable adjustment addbacks for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period
may not exceed $500 million in the aggregate.
The Company was compliant with its debt covenant requirements during its 2024 fiscal year. Management does not believe it is
reasonably likely the Company will breach this covenant. Failure to maintain these ratios could adversely affect further access
to liquidity.
Future instruments and agreements governing indebtedness may impose other restrictive conditions or covenants. Such
covenants could restrict the Company in the manner in which it conducts business and operations as well as in the pursuit of its
business strategy.
The Company is exposed to counterparty risk in its hedging arrangements.
From time to time, the Company enters into arrangements with financial institutions to hedge exposure to fluctuations in
currency and interest rates, including forward contracts, options and swap agreements. The Company may incur significant
losses from hedging activities due to factors such as demand volatility. The failure of one or more counterparties to the
Company’s hedging arrangements to fulfill their obligations could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.
Tight capital and credit markets or the failure to maintain credit ratings could adversely affect the Company by limiting the
Company’s ability to borrow or otherwise access liquidity.
The Company’s long-term growth plans are dependent on, among other things, the availability of funding to support corporate
initiatives and the ability to increase sales of existing product lines. While the Company has not encountered financing
difficulties to date, the capital and credit markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption in the past and may again
in the future. Market conditions could make it more difficult for the Company to borrow or otherwise obtain the cash required
for significant new corporate initiatives. Additionally, the Company’s business could be adversely affected if its customers,
suppliers or financial institutions experience difficulty accessing capital markets in order to fulfill their commitments to the
Company.
Furthermore, there could be a number of follow-on effects from a credit crisis on the Company’s businesses, including
insolvency of key suppliers resulting in product delays, inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of the
Company’s products and services and/or customer insolvencies.
In addition, the major rating agencies regularly evaluate the Company for purposes of assigning credit ratings. The Company’s
ability to access the credit markets, and the cost of these borrowings, is affected by the strength of its credit ratings and current
market conditions. Failure to maintain credit ratings that are acceptable to investors may adversely affect the cost and other
terms upon which the Company is able to obtain financing, as well as its access to the capital markets.
The Company is exposed to credit risk on its accounts receivable.
The Company’s outstanding trade receivables are not generally covered by collateral or credit insurance. While the Company
has procedures to monitor and limit exposure to credit risk on its trade and non-trade receivables, there can be no assurance
such procedures will effectively limit its credit risk and avoid losses, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s
financial condition and operating results.
17
If the investments in employee benefit plans do not perform as expected, the Company may have to contribute additional
amounts to these plans, which would otherwise be available to cover operating expenses or other business purposes.
The Company sponsors pension and other post-retirement defined benefit plans. The Company’s defined benefit plan assets are
currently invested in equity securities, government and corporate bonds and other fixed income securities, money market
instruments and insurance contracts. The Company’s funding policy is generally to contribute amounts determined annually on
an actuarial basis to provide for current and future benefits in accordance with applicable law which require, among other
things, that the Company make cash contributions to under-funded pension plans. During 2024, the Company made cash
contributions to its defined benefit plans of approximately $41 million and expects to contribute approximately $30 million to
its pension and other post-retirement benefit plans in 2025.
There can be no assurance that the value of the defined benefit plan assets, or the investment returns on those plan assets, will
be sufficient in the future. It is therefore possible that the Company may be required to make higher cash contributions to the
plans in future years which would reduce the cash available for other business purposes, and that the Company will have to
recognize a significant pension liability adjustment which would decrease the net assets of the Company and result in higher
expense in future years. The fair value of the defined benefit plan assets on December 28, 2024 was approximately $1.7 billion.
Legal, Tax, Regulatory and Compliance Risks
The Company’s brands are important assets of its businesses and violation of its trademark rights by imitators, or the failure
of its licensees or vendors to comply with the Company’s product quality, manufacturing requirements, marketing
standards, and other requirements could negatively impact revenues and brand reputation. Any inability to protect the
Company's other intellectual property rights could also reduce the value of its products and services or diminish its
competitiveness.
The Company considers its intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, and licenses
held, to be a significant part and valuable aspect of its business. The Company attempts to protect its intellectual property rights
through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third-party
nondisclosure and assignment agreements; however, there can be no assurances that these resources will adequately protect the
Company’s intellectual property rights and deter misappropriation or improper use of its technology.
The Company’s trademarks have a reputation for quality and value and are important to the Company's success and competitive
position. Unauthorized use of the Company’s trademark rights may not only erode sales of the Company’s products but may
also cause significant damage to its brand name and reputation, interfere with its ability to effectively represent the Company to
its customers, contractors, suppliers, and/or licensees, and increase litigation costs. Similarly, failure by licensees or vendors to
adhere to the Company’s standards of quality and other contractual requirements could result in loss of revenue, increased
litigation, and/or damage to the Company’s reputation and business. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ongoing
efforts to protect its brand and trademark rights and ensure compliance with its licensing and vendor agreements will prevent all
violations.
In addition, the Company's ability to compete could be negatively impacted by its failure to obtain and adequately protect its
intellectual property and preserve its associated intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and
licenses, as well as its products and any new features of its products or processes. The Company's patent applications may not
be approved and any patents owned could be challenged, invalidated or designed around by third parties. In addition, the
Company's patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or commercial advantage.
Cybersecurity incidents could disrupt business operations, result in the loss of critical and confidential information, and
adversely impact the Company's reputation, operating results, and financial condition.
The Company’s information systems and data may be vulnerable to cybersecurity threats and incidents which can include
uncoordinated individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to information technology ("IT") systems, sophisticated and
targeted measures known as advanced persistent threats, breaches due to human error, malfeasance, or other cybersecurity
incidents directed at the Company, its products, services and technologies, including those leveraging “Internet of Things” or
generative artificial intelligence capabilities, its customers and/or its third-party service providers, including cloud providers.
New vulnerabilities may be introduced as cybersecurity threats continue to evolve and if the Company or its third-party vendors
increase their use of, or reliance on, emerging technologies, such as generative artificial intelligence and machine learning. The
Company deploys measures which it believes leverage industry accepted frameworks to deter, prevent, detect, respond to, and
mitigate cybersecurity threats. The Company has invested and continues to invest in risk management and information security
and data privacy measures it believes are appropriate to protect its systems and data, including employee and critical service
18
provider training, organizational investments, incident response plans, tabletop exercises, technical defenses and defensive
product software designs. The cost and operational consequences of implementing, maintaining and enhancing these measures
could increase significantly to overcome increasingly intense, complex, and sophisticated cybersecurity threats.
Despite these efforts, cybersecurity incidents (against the Company or parties with whom the Company contracts), depending
on their nature and scope, could potentially result in the misappropriation, disclosure, destruction, corruption or unavailability
of critical data and confidential or proprietary information (the Company's or that of third parties) and the disruption of business
operations. Additionally, it is possible for security vulnerabilities or a cybersecurity threat to remain undetected for an extended
time period, and the prioritization of decisions with respect to security measures and remediation of known vulnerabilities
undertaken by the Company, and the vendors and other third parties upon which it relies, may be inadequate to protect against
or fully mitigate cybersecurity threats. The potential consequences of a material cybersecurity incident and its effects include
financial loss, reputational damage, litigation with third parties, theft of intellectual property, fines levied by both U.S. and
international government agencies, diminution in the value of the Company's investment in research, development and
engineering, and increased cybersecurity protection and remediation costs due to the increasing sophistication and proliferation
of threats, which in turn could adversely affect the Company's competitiveness and results of operations. Any of the foregoing
can be exacerbated by a delay or failure to detect a cybersecurity incident or the full extent of such incident.
In addition, cybersecurity laws and regulations continue to evolve, and are increasingly demanding, both in the U.S. and
globally, which adds compliance complexity and may increase costs of compliance and expose the Company to reputational
damage or litigation, monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, penalties, or fines in one or more jurisdictions. While
the Company carries cyber insurance, it cannot be certain that coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred, that
insurance will continue to be available to the Company on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not
deny coverage as to any future claim.
The report, rumor, assumption, or perception of a potential or suspected cybersecurity incident may have similar results, even if
no such incident has been attempted or occurred. Any of the foregoing may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
reputation, operating results and financial condition.
The Company is exposed to risks related to compliance with data privacy and governance laws.
To conduct its operations, the Company regularly collects, stores, and processes data across national borders, and consequently
is subject to a variety of continuously evolving and developing laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad regarding privacy,
data governance and data security. The scope of the laws that may be applicable to the Company is often uncertain and may be
conflicting, particularly with respect to foreign laws. For example, lawmaking bodies within the EU, United Kingdom, China
and India have increased their jurisdictional reach and added a broad array of requirements for handling personal data and
product data, including the public disclosure of significant data breaches. Similarly, in the U.S., state-specific privacy
regulations have created and continue to create new industry requirements, consumer privacy rights and enforcement
mechanisms. The Company's reputation and brand and its ability to attract new customers could also be adversely impacted if
the Company fails, or is perceived to have failed, to properly respond to breaches or other privacy concerns (even if unfounded)
resulting from its management of consumer data or of its third party’s information technology systems. Such failure to properly
respond could also result in similar exposure to liability.
Additionally, other countries have enacted or are enacting data localization laws that require data to stay within their borders. In
many cases, these laws and regulations apply not only to transfers between unrelated third parties but also to transfers between
the Company and its subsidiaries.
All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to increase over time.
Privacy laws that may be implemented in the future, laws regarding product data and generative artificial intelligence, and court
decisions impacting activities across borders, may require changes to certain business practices, thereby increasing costs and
operational complexity, or may result in negative publicity, require significant management time and attention, and may subject
the Company to remedies that may harm its business, including fines or demands or orders that the Company modify or cease
existing business practices.
Significant judgment and certain estimates are required in determining the Company’s worldwide provision for income
taxes. Future tax law changes and audit results may materially increase the Company’s prospective income tax expense.
The Company is subject to income taxation in the U.S. as well as numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is
required in determining the Company’s worldwide income tax provision and accordingly there are many transactions and
computations for which the final income tax determination is uncertain. The Company considers many factors when evaluating
and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and which may not accurately
anticipate actual outcomes. The Company periodically assesses its liabilities and contingencies for all tax years still subject to
19
audit based on the most currently available information, which involves inherent uncertainty. The Company is routinely audited
by income tax authorities in many tax jurisdictions. Although management believes the recorded tax estimates are reasonable,
the ultimate outcome of any audit (or related litigation) could differ materially from amounts reflected in the Company’s
income tax accruals. Additionally, the global income tax provision can be materially impacted due to foreign currency
fluctuations against the U.S. dollar since a significant amount of the Company’s earnings are generated outside the U.S. Lastly,
it is possible that future income tax legislation or changes to existing legislation may be enacted that could have a material
impact on the Company’s worldwide income tax provision, cash tax liability, and effective tax rate beginning with the period
that such legislation becomes enacted. For instance, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development has enacted
model rules for a new global minimum tax framework applicable to multi-national corporations, and various governments have
enacted, or are in the process of enacting, legislation implementing all or part of these rules.
Environmental legislation or regulations and changing market trends in response to climate change and other
environmental related concerns may adversely affect the Company's business.
There continues to be a lack of consistent environmental and climate related legislation and regulation, which creates economic
and regulatory uncertainty. Increased international, regional, state and/or federal requirements or other stakeholder expectations
has mandated, and could mandate in the future, more restrictive or expansive standards or more prescriptive and expansive
reporting of environmental, social and governance metrics than the voluntary commitments and reporting the Company
adopted. In addition, any such requirements or other stakeholder expectations could require changes to be implemented on a
more accelerated time frame than the Company anticipates or could result in changes to the Company’s business operations,
supply chain and manufacturing processes. A number of governmental bodies have finalized, proposed or are contemplating
legislative and regulatory changes in response to the potential effect of climate change, protection of the environment, human
health and safety, and water and energy efficiency. Such legislation or regulation has increased, and may continue to increase,
the Company’s compliance burdens and associated costs, including potential increased costs passed along from its suppliers.
Additionally, such legislation has and potentially could include provisions for a “cap and trade” system of allowances and
credits or a carbon tax or require increased measurement of metrics and disclosure, among other provisions. If carbon tax
legislation is changed or adopted, the Company may not be able to mitigate the future impact of carbon tax through its
emissions reduction initiatives or other measures. If environmental laws or regulations are either changed or adopted and
impose significant operational restrictions and compliance requirements on the Company, they may have a material adverse
effect on the Company’s business, access to credit, capital expenditures, operating results and financial condition.
The Company also faces risks related to the transition to a lower-carbon economy, such as its ability to successfully adopt new
technology, meet market-driven demands for low carbon, carbon neutral and renewable energy technology, or to comply with
more stringent and increasingly complex environmental regulations or requirements for the Company's manufacturing facilities
and business operations, increased prices related to freight and shipping costs and other permitting requirements.
In addition, many of the Company’s products incorporate battery technology. As the world moves towards a lower-carbon
economy and as other industries begin to adopt similar battery technology for use in their products or increase their current
consumption of battery technology, the increased demand could place capacity constraints on the Company’s supply chain.
Furthermore, increased demand for battery technology may also increase the costs to the Company for both the battery cells as
well as the underlying raw materials such as cobalt and lithium, among others. If the Company is unable to mitigate any
possible supply constraints or related increased costs or drive alternative technology through innovation, its profitability and
financial results could be negatively impacted.
The Company’s failure to continue to successfully avoid, manage, defend, litigate and accrue for claims and litigation could
negatively impact its results of operations or cash flows.
The Company is exposed to and becomes involved in various legal proceedings, claims, disputes and investigations arising out
of the conduct of its business, including the matters described in Item 3. Legal Proceedings in Part I of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K and other, actual or threatened proceedings, claims, disputes or investigations relating to such items as securities
laws, anti-trust laws, commercial transactions, product liability, workers compensation, employee benefits plans, arrangements
between the Company and its distributors, franchisees or vendors, intellectual property claims and regulatory actions. Any legal
proceedings, claims, disputes or investigations, whether with or without merit, can be time consuming and expensive to defend
and can divert management’s attention and resources.
In addition, the Company is subject to environmental laws in each jurisdiction in which business is conducted. Some of the
Company’s products incorporate substances that are regulated in some jurisdictions in which it conducts manufacturing
operations. The Company has been, and could be in the future, subject to liability if it does not comply with these regulations.
In addition, the Company is currently being, and may in the future be, held responsible for remedial investigations and clean-up
costs resulting from the discharge of hazardous substances into the environment, including sites that have never been owned or
operated by the Company but at which it has been identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and state
environmental laws and regulations. Changes in environmental and other laws and regulations in both domestic and foreign
20
jurisdictions could adversely affect the Company’s operations due to increased costs of compliance and potential liability for
non-compliance.
The Company manufactures products and performs various services that create exposure to product and professional liability
claims and litigation. The failure of the Company’s products and services to be properly manufactured, configured, installed,
designed or delivered, resulting in personal injuries, property damage or business interruption could subject the Company to
claims for damages. The Company has defended, and is currently defending, product liability claims, some of which have
resulted in settlements or monetary judgments against the Company. The costs associated with defending ongoing or future
product liability claims and payment of damages could be substantial. The Company’s reputation could also be adversely
affected by such claims, whether or not successful.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to successfully avoid, manage and defend such matters. In
addition, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures, actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary
from the Company’s estimates for such contingent liabilities. Refer to Note R, Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8 for further information about legal proceedings and other loss contingencies.
The Company’s products could be recalled.
The Company maintains an awareness of and responsibility for the potential health and safety impacts on its customers and end
users. The Company's product development processes include tollgates for product safety review, and extensive testing is
conducted on product safety. Safety reviews are performed at various product development milestones, including a review of
product labeling and marking to identify safety and operational hazards for the customer and end user.
Despite safety and quality reviews, the Consumer Product Safety Commission or other applicable regulatory bodies may
require, or the Company has voluntarily instituted and may in the future voluntarily institute, the recall, repair or replacement of
the Company’s products if those products are found not to be in compliance with applicable standards or regulations. The
Company has also been, and may in the future be, subject to regulatory requirements and penalties concerning the Company’s
products. Any recall, repair, replacement or other corrective action could increase the Company's costs and adversely impact its
reputation. Refer to Item 3. Legal Proceedings in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information about legal
proceedings involving recalled products.
The Company’s sales to government customers exposes it to business volatility and risks, including government budgeting
cycles and appropriations, procurement regulations, governmental policy shifts, early termination of contracts, audits,
investigations, sanctions and penalties.
The Company derives a portion of its revenues from contracts with the U.S. government, state and local governments and
foreign governments. Government contractors must comply with specific procurement regulations and other requirements.
These requirements, although customary in government contracts, could impact the Company’s performance and compliance
costs, including limiting or delaying the Company’s ability to share information with its business partners, customers and
investors, which may negatively impact the Company’s business and reputation.
The U.S. government may demand contract terms that are less favorable than standard arrangements with private sector
customers and may have statutory, contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with the Company. For example, the
U.S. government may have contract clauses that permit it to terminate any of the Company’s government contracts and
subcontracts at its convenience, and procurement regulations permit termination for default based on the Company’s
performance. In addition, changes in U.S. government budgetary priorities could lead to changes in the procurement
environment, affecting availability of government contracting or funding opportunities. Changes in government procurement
policy, priorities, regulations, technology initiatives and requirements, and/or contract award criteria may negatively impact the
Company’s potential for growth in the government sector. Changes in government cybersecurity and system requirements could
negatively impact the Company’s eligibility for the award of future contracts, negatively impacting the Company’s business
and reputation.
Government contracts laws and regulations impose certain risks, and government contracts are generally subject to audits,
investigations and approval of policies, procedures and internal controls for compliance with procurement regulations and
applicable law. If violations of law are found, they could result in civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions,
including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and
suspensions or debarment from future government business. Each of these factors could negatively impact the Company’s
business, results of operations, financial condition, and reputation.
21
Other Risks
The Company’s results of operations and earnings may not meet guidance, planning assumptions or expectations.
The Company’s results of operations and earnings may not meet guidance, planning assumptions or expectations. The
Company may provide public planning assumptions or guidance on expected results of operations for future periods. Such
statements are comprised of forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties, including the risks and uncertainties
described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the Company’s other public filings and public statements, and are based
necessarily on assumptions the Company makes at the time it provides such statements, and may not always be accurate. The
Company may also choose to withdraw planning assumptions or guidance, as it did in response to the uncertainty of the
COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, or lower planning assumptions or guidance in future periods. If, in the future, the Company’s
results of operations for a particular period do not meet its planning assumptions or guidance or the expectations of investment
analysts, the Company reduces its planning assumptions or guidance for future periods, or the Company withdraws planning
assumptions or guidance, the market price of the Company’s common stock could decline significantly.
The Company’s failure to maintain its reputation and the image of its brands could adversely impact its business.
The Company’s brands and reputation are important assets, which contribute to its business success. Maintaining, promoting
and growing the Company’s brands and reputation depends upon maintaining positive customer and other stakeholder
perception of the Company’s business. Negative claims or publicity, whether on social media platforms or otherwise, involving
the Company, its products or services, its culture and values, its progress against its sustainability and other related goals, its
stance on environmental, social, and governance topics, customer data and privacy, or any of its key employees or suppliers,
regardless of whether such claims are accurate, could damage its reputation and brand image and adversely impact the
Company’s ability to attract new and maintain existing customers, employees, suppliers, and business relationships. Any
failure, or perceived failure, by the Company to manage diverging stakeholder expectations with respect to any such matters
could adversely affect the Company’s reputation, its brands and its relationships with customers, investors and employees and
other stakeholders.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
The Company has a comprehensive cybersecurity program to assess, identify and manage risks from cybersecurity threats that
may result in adverse effects to the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its information systems and oversee compliance
with applicable regulatory, operational, and contractual requirements.
Cyber Incident Response Team and Governance
Board of Directors
The Board of Directors (the "Board") has the primary responsibility for oversight of cybersecurity matters. This responsibility
had been previously delegated to the Audit Committee. The Board regularly reviews compliance and disclosure control
procedures for cybersecurity matters. The Board also receives quarterly briefings from members of management responsible for
cybersecurity and digital risk management for the Company, including the Vice President and Chief Information Officer (the
“CIO”), Chief Information Security Officer (the “CISO”) and Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (the
“General Counsel”), as well as third-party cybersecurity advisors, on the Company’s cybersecurity program, including data
protection and cybersecurity risks and the Company’s new and existing cyber risk controls intended to mitigate them, as
appropriate. The Company has protocols and procedures by which certain cybersecurity incidents are escalated within the
Company and, where appropriate, reported promptly to the Board.
Management
At the management level, oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats has been integrated into the Company’s overall risk
management processes. The Senior Risk Council has broad oversight of the Company’s risk management processes, and is also
responsible for the assessment and management of risks from cybersecurity threats. The Senior Risk Council is comprised of
senior management personnel representing different functional and business areas, including the Chief Executive Officer; Chief
Operating Officer ("COO"); Chief Financial Officer; General Counsel; Treasurer; and CIO, as well as other senior business
leaders. The Company believes the experience that these senior management personnel have from serving on the Senior Risk
Council provides them with an understanding of the Company’s risk management processes overall, and individual members
are able to provide further insight to the risk analysis process based on their functional area of expertise within the business.
22
The CIO also has extensive leadership experience in computer product engineering and information technology fields,
including responsibility for overseeing cybersecurity risk management and digital risk management. The CIO also holds a
bachelor’s degree in computer science. The Senior Risk Council meets regularly to discuss the risk management measures
implemented by the Company, including measures to identify and mitigate data protection and cybersecurity risks. The Senior
Risk Council receives regular updates on cybersecurity incidents from the CISO and CIO.
The Company’s CISO is the member of management principally responsible for overseeing the Company’s cybersecurity risk
management program, under the CIO's leadership and in coordination with other business leaders across the Company,
including legal, product engineering management, internal audit, finance and risk management. The CISO has extensive
cybersecurity knowledge and skills gained from over 20 years of technical and business experience in the cybersecurity and
information security fields, including as a Chief Information Security Officer and through other leadership and technical roles
in IT governance and strategy, security risk and compliance, corporate product security and data privacy, and IT infrastructure.
She also holds a Master of Science degree in Information and Cybersecurity from the University of California, Berkeley. The
CISO reports directly to the CIO who in turn reports directly to the COO. The CISO receives reports on cybersecurity threats
from members of the Cyber Security Office on an ongoing basis and, in conjunction with the Senior Risk Council, regularly
reviews risk management measures implemented by the Company to identify and mitigate data protection and cybersecurity
risks. The CISO and CIO also work closely with the Company's legal department to oversee compliance with applicable legal,
regulatory and contractual security requirements.
Internal Cybersecurity Team
The Company's Cyber Security Office, led by the CISO, is responsible for the implementation, monitoring, and maintenance of
cybersecurity governance, operations and data protection practices across the Company. The Information Technology
organization, led by the CIO, is responsible for the implementation of cybersecurity technical controls. Reporting to the CISO
are a number of experienced information security directors responsible for various parts of the Company’s business, each of
whom is supported by a team of trained cybersecurity professionals. The team also holds a number of industry recognized
certifications such as Certified Information Systems Security Professional, Certified Information Security Manager, Certified in
Risk and Information Systems Control, Certified Information Systems Auditor, Certified Network Defense Architect, Certified
Cloud Security Professional, Certified Secure Software Lifecycle Professional, and Certified Ethical Hacker, among others. In
addition to its internal cybersecurity capabilities, the Company also regularly engages assessors, consultants, auditors, or other
third parties to assist with assessing, identifying, and managing cybersecurity risks.
Risk Management & Strategy
The Company has adopted information security policies that establish requirements and responsibilities with respect to the
protection of the Company’s interests and information technology assets against loss, improper disclosure and unauthorized
modification. The Company regularly educates and shares best practices with its employees to raise awareness of cybersecurity
threats and the Company’s information security program, which the Company believes creates a culture of shared responsibility
for the security of sensitive data and the Company’s network. All employees are regularly offered information security and
protection training, including specialized training for employees exposed to sensitive information, which prompt them to certify
their awareness of and compliance with applicable information technology policies and additional technology and cybersecurity
standards. The Company deploys technical safeguards that are designed to protect the Company’s information systems from
cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, encryption intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality,
data monitoring, endpoint extended detection and response, architecture controls, access controls and ongoing vulnerability
assessments.
The Company has adopted a Cybersecurity Incident Response Plan (the “IRP”) that applies in the event of a cybersecurity
threat or incident, which is designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly
respond to cybersecurity incidents. The IRP sets out a coordinated approach to investigating, containing, documenting and
mitigating incidents, including reporting findings and keeping senior management and other key stakeholders informed and
involved as appropriate. To facilitate the success of this program, multi-disciplinary teams throughout the Company are
deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the IRP. Through the
ongoing communications among these teams, the CISO, in coordination with the legal department and the Senior Risk Council,
monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents, and report such incidents to the Board
when appropriate, as discussed above. In general, the IRP leverages the National Institute of Standards and Technology
guidance. The IRP applies to all Company personnel who provide or deliver technology systems (including employees,
contractors and service providers).
As part of the Company’s cybersecurity risk management strategy, the Company takes measures to test and improve its
cybersecurity program, including reviewing and updating the information technology policies and IRP, engaging independent
23
third-party consultants to conduct regular assessments of its cyber security maturity against industry best practice frameworks
and recommend program enhancements, and conducting tabletop exercises. The Company also engages in internal and external
audits to meet its regulatory obligations or customer requirements. The assessment summaries and action plans are shared with
the Board as part of the regular briefings provided by the CIO and CISO.
The Company has processes and procedures as part of its centralized supplier risk management system to oversee, identify,
assess and reduce cybersecurity threats and risks associated with key third-party service providers. As part of this process, the
Company utilizes external frameworks and tools to provide assessment scoring, planning and monitoring against cybersecurity
threats and risks and remediation recommendations, as applicable. Updates on third-party service provider risks are included in
regular briefings to the Senior Risk Council by the CISO and CIO and escalated to the Board as appropriate.
Cybersecurity Risks, Threats & Incidents
Risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have not materially affected the
Company, including its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, and the Company does not believe that
such risks are reasonably likely to have such an effect over the long term. As of the date of this report, the Company has not
experienced a cybersecurity incident or third-party information security breach in the last three fiscal years that has materially
affected the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.
The Company deploys measures which it believes leverage industry accepted frameworks to deter, prevent, detect, respond to,
and mitigate these threats. The Company has invested and continues to invest in risk management and information security and
data privacy measures it believes are appropriate to protect its systems and data, including employee and critical service
provider training, organizational investments, incident response plans, tabletop exercises and technical defenses. Despite these
efforts, cybersecurity incidents (against the Company or parties with whom the Company contracts), depending on their nature
and scope, could potentially result in the misappropriation, disclosure, destruction, corruption or unavailability of critical data
and confidential or proprietary information (the Company's or that of third parties) and the disruption of business operations.
Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which should be read in conjunction with the
foregoing information, for additional information on cybersecurity risks the Company faces.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
As of December 28, 2024, the Company and its subsidiaries owned or leased significant facilities used for manufacturing,
distribution and sales offices in 19 states and 21 countries. The Company leases its corporate headquarters in New Britain,
Connecticut. The Company has 112 facilities including its corporate headquarters that are larger than 100,000 square feet, as
follows:
Owned
Leased
Total
Tools & Outdoor ........................................................................................
48
44
92
Industrial .....................................................................................................
13
4
17
Corporate ...................................................................................................
2
1
3
Total ...........................................................................................................
63
49
112
The combined size of these facilities is approximately 34 million square feet. The buildings are in good condition, suitable for
their intended use, adequate to support the Company’s operations, and generally fully utilized.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Government Investigations
As previously disclosed, on January 19, 2024, the Company was notified by the Compliance and Field Operations Division (the
“Division”) of the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) that the Division intends to recommend the imposition of a
civil penalty of approximately $32 million for alleged untimely reporting in relation to certain utility bars and miter saws that
were subject to voluntary recalls in September 2019 and March 2022, respectively. The Company believes there are defenses to
the Division’s claims and has presented its defenses in a meeting with the Division on February 29, 2024, and in a written
submission dated March 29, 2024. On April 1, 2024, the Division informed the Company’s counsel that the Division intended
to recommend that the CPSC refer the matter to the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”). On May 1, 2024, the Company
was informed that the CPSC voted to refer the matter to the DOJ. In December 2024, the CPSC requested that the Company
reproduce documents previously provided to the CPSC following changes to the agency’s electronic file sharing system. The
Company has reproduced the requested documents to the CPSC. The Company has not heard anything further from the CPSC
24
or the DOJ in relation to this matter since then and therefore is not in a position to assess the likelihood of any potential loss or
adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount of potential loss, if any, from this matter.
The Company is committed to upholding the highest standards of corporate governance and is continuously focused on
ensuring the effectiveness of its policies, procedures, and controls. The Company is in the process, with the assistance of
professional advisors, of reviewing and further enhancing relevant policies, procedures, and controls.
Class Action Litigation
As previously disclosed, on March 24, 2023, a putative class action lawsuit titled Naresh Vissa Rammohan v. Stanley Black &
Decker, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:23-cv-00369-KAD (the “Rammohan Class Action”), was filed in the United States District
Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and
directors. The complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class consisting of all purchasers of Stanley Black & Decker
common stock between October 28, 2021 and July 28, 2022, inclusive. The complaint asserts violations of Sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 based on allegedly false and misleading statements related to consumer demand for
the Company’s products amid changing COVID-19 trends and macroeconomic conditions. The complaint seeks unspecified
damages and an award of costs and expenses. On October 13, 2023, Lead Plaintiff General Retirement System of the City of
Detroit filed an Amended Complaint that asserts the same claims and seeks the same forms of relief as the original complaint.
The Company intends to vigorously defend this action in all respects and on December 14, 2023, filed a motion to dismiss the
Amended Complaint in its entirety. Briefing on that motion concluded on April 5, 2024, and the Company awaits a decision on
that motion. Given the early stage of this litigation, at this time, the Company is not in a position to assess the likelihood of any
potential loss or adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount or range of potential losses, if any, from this
action.
Derivative Actions
As previously disclosed, on August 2, 2023 and September 20, 2023, derivative complaints were filed in the United States
District Court for the District of Connecticut, titled Callahan v. Allan, et al., Case No. 3:23-cv-01028-OAW (the “Callahan
Derivative Action”) and Applebaum v. Allan, et al., Case No. 3:23-cv-01234-OAW (the “Applebaum Derivative Action”),
respectively, by putative stockholders against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company premised on the
same allegations as the Rammohan Class Action. The Callahan and Applebaum Derivative Actions were consolidated by Court
order on November 6, 2023, and defendants’ responses to both complaints have been stayed pending the disposition of any
motions to dismiss in the Rammohan Class Action. The individual defendants intend to vigorously defend the Callahan and
Applebaum Derivative Actions in all respects. However, given the early stage of this litigation, at this time, the Company is not
in a position to assess the likelihood of any potential loss or adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount
or range of potential losses, if any, from these actions.
On October 19, 2023, a derivative complaint was filed in Connecticut Superior Court, titled Vladimir Gusinsky Revocable Trust
v. Allan, et al., Docket Number HHBCV236082260S, by a putative stockholder against certain current and former directors and
officers of the Company. Plaintiff seeks to recover for alleged breach of fiduciary duties and unjust enrichment under
Connecticut state law premised on the same allegations as the Rammohan Class Action. By Court order on November 11, 2023,
the Connecticut Superior Court granted the parties’ motion to stay defendants’ response to the complaint pending the
disposition of any motions to dismiss in the Rammohan Class Action. The individual defendants intend to vigorously defend
this action in all respects. However, given the early stage of this litigation, at this time, the Company is not in a position to
assess the likelihood of any potential loss or adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount or range of
potential losses, if any, from this action.
Other Actions
In addition to the matters above, in the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various lawsuits and claims,
including product liability, environmental, intellectual property, contract and commercial, advertising, employment and
distributor claims, and administrative proceedings. The Company does not expect that the resolution of these matters occurring
in the normal course of business will have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results
of operations or liquidity.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
25
The following is a list of the executive officers of the Company as of February 18, 2025:
Name and Age
Office
Date Elected to Office
as an Executive
Officer
Donald Allan, Jr. (60)
President and Chief Executive Officer since July 2022. President and
Chief Financial Officer (2021); Executive Vice President & Chief
Financial Officer (2016); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (2010); Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2009); Vice
President and Corporate Controller (2002); Corporate Controller (2000);
Assistant Controller (1999).
10/24/2006
Patrick D. Hallinan (57)
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2023.
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Fortune Brands
Innovations, Inc. (formerly, Fortune Brands Home & Security, Inc.)
(2017); Senior Vice President Finance, Fortune Brands Innovations, Inc.
(2017); Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer, Moen
Incorporated (2013).
4/21/2023
Tamer K. Abuaita (52)
Global Chief Supply Chain Officer and President, Industrial since July
2024. Senior Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer (2022); Senior
Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer, SC Johnson & Son, Inc.
(2017).
4/6/2023
Janet M. Link (55)
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since July 2017.
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, JC Penney Company, Inc.
(2015); Vice President, Deputy General Counsel, JC Penney Company,
Inc. (2014); Vice President, Deputy General Counsel, Clear Channel
Companies (2013).
7/19/2017
Christopher J. Nelson (54)
Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and President, Tools
& Outdoor since June 2023. President, HVAC, Carrier Global
Corporation (2020); President, Commercial HVAC, Carrier Global
Corporation (2018); President, North America HVAC, Carrier Global
Corporation (2012).
6/14/2023
Deborah Wintner (56)
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since August
2024. Senior Vice President of HR Operations, Chief Human Resources
Officer of Tools & Outdoor (2023); Interim Chief Human Resources
Officer (2022); Vice President, Global Human Resources, Stanley
Security (2018).
8/13/2024
26
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The Company’s common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”) under the abbreviated
ticker symbol “SWK”, and is a component of the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Composite Stock Price Index. The Company
increased its annual dividend per common share by $0.04 in 2024 compared to 2023 and intends to continue to pay quarterly
dividends in 2025. In July 2024, the Company raised the quarterly dividend per common share, its 57th annual consecutive
increase, which extended its record for the longest, consecutive quarterly and annual dividend payments among industrial
companies listed on the NYSE. As of January 30, 2025, there were 7,920 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.
Information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity
compensation plans can be found under Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities that are registered by the
Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the three months ended December 28, 2024:
2024
Total Number Of
Common Shares
Purchased
Average Price Paid
Per Common Share
Total Number
Of Common Shares
Purchased As Part Of
A Publicly
Announced Plan
or Program
(In Millions)
Maximum Number Of
Common Shares That
May Yet Be Purchased
Under The Program
(a)
September 29 - November 2 ......
—
$
—
—
20
November 3 - November 30 ......
—
—
—
20
December 1 - December 28 .......
—
—
—
20
Total ...........................................
—
$
—
—
20
(a) On April 21, 2022, the Board approved a share repurchase program of up to 20 million shares of the Company’s
common stock (the “April 2022 Program”). The April 2022 Program does not have an expiration date. The Company
may repurchase shares under the April 2022 Program through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions
or share repurchase programs, including one or more accelerated share repurchase programs (under which an initial
payment for the entire repurchase amount may be made at the inception of the program). Such repurchases may be
funded from cash on hand, short-term borrowings or other sources of cash at the Company’s discretion, and the
Company is under no obligation to repurchase any shares pursuant to the April 2022 Program. The currently authorized
shares available for repurchase under the April 2022 Program do not include approximately 3.6 million shares reserved
and authorized for purchase under the Company’s approved repurchase program in place prior to the April 2022
Program relating to a forward share purchase contract entered into in March 2015.
Stock Performance Graph
The following line graph compares the yearly percentage change in the Company’s cumulative total shareholder return for the
last five years to that of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Capital Goods Index. The S&P 500 Capital Goods Index
represents a focused group of companies across major industrial manufacturing categories that carry similar operational
characteristics to the Company.
27
THE POINTS IN THE ABOVE TABLE ARE AS FOLLOWS:
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Stanley Black & Decker ....................................................... $ 100.00
$ 109.64
$ 117.65
$
48.32
$
65.45
$
55.73
S&P 500 Index ....................................................................... $ 100.00
$ 118.07
$ 151.93
$ 124.39
$ 157.06
$ 199.28
S&P 500 Capital Goods Index ............................................... $ 100.00
$ 106.17
$ 126.26
$ 125.92
$ 150.14
$ 186.02
The comparison assumes $100 invested at the closing price on December 27, 2019 in the Company’s common stock, S&P 500
Index, and S&P 500 Capital Goods Index. Total return assumes reinvestment of dividends.
28
ITEM 6. REMOVED AND RESERVED
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The financial and business analysis below provides information which the Company believes is relevant to an assessment and
understanding of its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. This financial and business analysis
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes. All references to “Notes” in this
Item 7 refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The
following discussion also references a number of financial measures that are not defined under U.S. GAAP. Refer to the section
titled "Certain Items Impacting Earnings and Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for additional information on such measures.
The following discussion and certain other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain statements reflecting the
Company’s views about its future performance that constitute “forward-looking statements” under Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-
looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industry and markets in
which the Company operates as well as management’s beliefs and assumptions. Any statements contained herein (including
without limitation statements to the effect that the Company or its management “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans” and
similar expressions) that are not statements of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to
predict. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such
forward-looking statements. These factors include, without limitation, those set forth, or referenced therein, below under the
heading “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.” The Company does not intend to update publicly
any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Strategic Objectives
In recent years, the Company has re-shaped its portfolio to focus on its leading positions in the tools & outdoor and engineered
fastening markets. Leveraging the benefits of a more focused portfolio, the Company initiated a business transformation in
mid-2022 that includes reinvestment for faster growth as well as a $2.0 billion Global Cost Reduction Program through 2025.
The Company’s primary areas of multi-year strategic focus remain unchanged as follows:
•
Advancing innovation, electrification and global market penetration to achieve mid-single digit organic revenue
growth (2 to 3 times the market);
•
Streamlining and simplifying the organization, and investing in initiatives that more directly impact the Company's
customers and end users;
•
Returning adjusted gross margins to historical 35%+ levels by accelerating the operations and supply chain
transformation to improve fill rates and better match inventory with customer demand; and
•
Prioritizing cash flow generation and inventory optimization.
The Company's business transformation is intended to drive strong financial performance over the long term (beyond 2027),
including:
•
Mid-single digit organic revenue growth (2 to 3 times the market);
•
> 35% to 37% adjusted gross margins with mid to high-teens adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation
and Amortization margin ("adjusted EBITDA margin");
•
Free cash flow equal to, or exceeding, net income;
•
Cash Flow Return On Investment ("CFROI"), computed as cash from operations plus after-tax interest expense,
divided by the two-point average of debt and equity, greater than or equal to the mid-teens; and
•
Solid investment grade credit rating.
In terms of capital allocation, the Company remains committed, over time, to returning excess capital to shareholders through a
strong and growing dividend as well as a preference toward opportunistically repurchasing shares. In the near term, the
Company intends to direct any capital in excess of the quarterly dividend on its common stock toward debt reduction and
internal growth investments.
Share Repurchases And Other Securities
29
During the first quarter of 2022, the Company repurchased 12,645,371 shares of its common stock for approximately $2.3
billion through a combination of an accelerated share repurchase ("ASR"), which provided for an initial delivery of 85% of the
total notional share equivalent at execution, or 10,756,770 shares, and open market share repurchases for a total of 1,888,601
shares. The final delivery of the remaining shares under the ASR totaled 3,211,317 and was completed during the second
quarter of 2022.
Refer to Note I, Capital Stock, for further discussion.
In addition, on April 23, 2021, the Board of Directors approved repurchases by the Company of its outstanding securities, other
than its common stock, up to an aggregate amount of $3.0 billion. No repurchases have been executed pursuant to this
authorization to date.
Divestitures
On April 1, 2024, the Company sold its Infrastructure business comprised of the attachment and handheld hydraulic tools
business to Epiroc AB for net proceeds of $728.5 million. The Company used the net proceeds to reduce debt in the second
quarter of 2024.
On August 19, 2022, the Company sold its Oil & Gas business comprised of the pipeline services and equipment businesses to
Pipeline Technique Limited. On July 22, 2022, the Company sold its Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") business
comprised of the commercial electronic security and healthcare businesses to Securitas AB for net proceeds of $3.1 billion. On
July 5, 2022, the Company sold its Mechanical Access Solutions ("MAS") business comprised of the automatic doors business
to Allegion plc for net proceeds of $916.0 million. Proceeds from the sale of these businesses were used to repay borrowings
made in the first quarter of 2022 to fund the Company's share repurchase program previously discussed. The use of proceeds to
support a share repurchase program is consistent with the Company's long-term capital allocation strategy.
The Company has also divested several smaller businesses in recent years that allowed the Company to invest in other areas
that fit into its long-term strategy.
Refer to Note S, Divestitures, for further discussion of the Company's divestitures.
Global Cost Reduction Program
In mid-2022, the Company launched a program comprised of a series of initiatives designed to generate cost savings by resizing
the organization and reducing inventory with the ultimate objective of driving long-term growth, improving profitability and
generating strong cash flow. These initiatives are expected to optimize the cost base as well as provide a platform to fund
investments to accelerate growth in the core businesses. The program consists of a selling, general, and administrative
("SG&A") planned pre-tax run-rate cost savings of $500 million and a supply chain transformation expected to deliver $1.5
billion of pre-tax run-rate cost savings by the end of 2025 and facilitate the achievement of projected 35%+ adjusted gross
margins.
The SG&A cost savings were generated by simplifying the corporate structure, optimizing organizational spans and layers and
reducing indirect spend. These savings will help fund $300 million to $500 million of innovation and commercial investments
through 2025 designed to accelerate organic growth.
The $1.5 billion of pre-tax run-rate cost savings from the supply chain transformation has been, and continues to be, driven by
the following value streams:
•
Material Productivity: Implementing capabilities to source in a more efficient and integrated manner across all of the
Company’s businesses and leveraging contract manufacturing;
•
Operational Excellence: Redesigning in-plant operations following footprint rationalization to deliver incremental
efficiencies, simplified organizational design and inventory optimization leveraging a standard operating model and
LEAN principles;
•
Footprint Rationalization: Transforming the Company’s manufacturing and distribution network from a decentralized
and inefficient system of sites built through years of acquisitions to a strategically focused supply chain, inclusive of
site closures, transformations of existing sites into manufacturing centers of excellence and re-configuration of the
distribution network; and
•
Complexity Reduction: Reducing complexity through platforming products and implementing initiatives to drive a
SKU reduction.
During 2024 and since inception of the program, the Company has generated approximately $510 million and $1.5 billion,
respectively, of pre-tax run-rate savings, driven by lower headcount, indirect spend reductions and the supply chain
30
transformation. These savings are comprised of supply chain efficiency benefits, which support gross margin improvements as
the benefits turn through inventory, and SG&A savings. The Company believes that it is on track to grow to approximately $2
billion of pre-tax run-rate savings by year-end 2025. In addition, the Company has reduced inventory by over $2 billion since
the end of the second quarter of 2022 and expects further working capital reductions to support free cash flow generation in
2025.
The cash investment required to achieve the $1.5 billion of pre-tax run-rate supply chain cost savings is expected to
approximate $0.7 billion, as the source of the savings has shifted to value streams with lower required investment such as
material and operational productivity. Of the total estimated cash investment, approximately 30% is expected to be capital
expenditures. Through 2024, the Company has made approximately $0.5 billion of total cash investments. The Company
intends to continue prioritizing capital expenditures consistent with its existing approach and expects total capital expenditures,
inclusive of the supply chain transformation, to approximate 2.5% to 3.0% of net sales annually in 2025 and beyond.
The charges associated with the ongoing execution of the supply chain transformation are reflected in the Non-GAAP
adjustments detailed below in "Results From Operations" and the full year estimate of Non-GAAP adjustments detailed below
in "2025 Planning Assumptions". In addition, although the program is expected to be completed by the end of 2025, the
Company expects to incur additional charges and make cash investments beyond 2025 relating to footprint actions to support
the ongoing network transformation and reposition its supply chain, as necessary.
Driving Further Profitable Growth by Accelerating A Growth Culture and Fully Leveraging the Company's Core Franchises
Each of the Company's core franchises share common attributes: they have markets which the Company believes have an
attractive growth profile, compete in an attractive market structure where brands matter, can differentiate through rapid
innovation and delivering productivity to customers and have the ability to achieve scale.
•
The Tools & Outdoor business carries strong brands, proven innovation, global scale, and a broad offering of power
tools, hand tools, outdoor products, accessories, and storage and digital products across many channels on a global
basis.
•
The Engineered Fastening business within the Industrial segment is a GDP+ growth business offering highly
engineered, value-added innovative solutions with recurring revenue attributes, and carries strong profitability
potential and global scale.
Management recognizes that these core franchises are important foundations that have a proven track record of providing strong
cash flow and growth prospects. Management is committed to growing these businesses through accelerating investments into
innovative product development, brand support, commercial activation, and accelerating the operations and supply chain
transformation to improve fill rates and better match inventory with customer demand, while improving global cost
competitiveness.
Continuing to Invest in the Portfolio of Stanley Black & Decker Brands
The Company has a strong portfolio of brands associated with high-quality products including the iconic DEWALT®,
CRAFTSMAN® and STANLEY® brands, which are the priority brands across the Tools & Outdoor segment. The Company
also goes to market with strong brands such as BLACK+DECKER®, DEWALT FLEXVOLT®, DEWALT POWERSTACK®,
DEWALT POWERSHIFT™, CUB CADET®, TROY-BILT®, HUSTLER®, IRWIN®, LENOX®, PORTER-CABLE®,
BOSTITCH®, PROTO®, MAC TOOLS®, FACOM®, Powers®, LISTA®, Vidmar®, and GQ®.
In 2024, the McLaren team sported the DEWALT® logo prominently on the team’s cars, fire suits, and equipment during the
Formula 1 season, where it won its first Formula 1 Constructors’ Championship since 1998. The Company also advertises in
the English Premier League ("EPL"), which is the number one soccer league in the world, featuring the DEWALT® brand to a
global audience. In 2024, the Company also began sponsorships with one of the EPL’s “Big Six” football clubs, Tottenham
Hotspur F.C., and in France, Ligue 1 club Olympique Lyonnais, for their 2024-2025 seasons. The Company also continued its
sponsorship of one of the world’s most popular football clubs, FC Barcelona, sponsoring both the Men’s and Women’s first
teams, which includes marketing rights, hospitality assets and stadium signage.
In professional golf, the Company sponsored athletes on the PGA Tour, PGA Tour Champions, and PGA Tour Americas who
represented either the DEWALT® or STANLEY® brand on tour.
CRAFTSMAN® maintained the title sponsorship of the NASCAR CRAFTSMAN® Truck Series through the Company’s
sponsorship with NASCAR as the “Official Tools Partner of NASCAR” and “Official Tools" of all NASCAR-owned tracks.
The Company has also maintained long-standing NASCAR and NHRA team sponsorships, which provided brand exposure
during nearly 60 events in 2024 with the DEWALT®, CRAFTSMAN®, and MAC TOOLS® brands.
31
The above marketing initiatives highlight the Company's strong emphasis on brand building and commercial support, which has
resulted in more than 300 billion global brand impressions from digital and traditional advertising and strong brand awareness.
Allocating brand and advertising spend judiciously will continue to be the Company’s focus. Among the goals: placing end-
user data and insights at the core of product commercialization, generating demand and brand loyalty through promotional
support, in-market execution and salesforce effectiveness, evolving proven marketing programs that tie trusted global brands
with societal purpose and tapping into technologies to build meaningful 1:1 experiences with customers, end users, employees
and shareholders in line with the Company’s mission and vision.
Segments
The Company’s operations are classified into two reportable business segments: Tools & Outdoor and Industrial.
Tools & Outdoor
The Tools & Outdoor segment is comprised of the Power Tools Group ("PTG"), Hand Tools, Accessories & Storage ("HTAS"),
and Outdoor Power Equipment ("Outdoor") product lines.
The PTG product line includes both professional and consumer products. Professional products, primarily under the
DEWALT® brand, include professional grade corded and cordless electric power tools and equipment including drills, impact
wrenches and drivers, grinders, saws, routers, sanders, and concrete prep and placement tools as well as pneumatic tools and
fasteners including nail guns, nails, staplers and staples, and concrete and masonry anchors. DIY and tradesperson focused
products include corded and cordless electric power tools sold primarily under the CRAFTSMAN® and STANLEY® brands,
and consumer home products such as household power tools, hand-held vacuums, and small appliances primarily under the
BLACK+DECKER® brand.
The HTAS product line sells hand tools, power tool accessories and storage products primarily under the DEWALT®,
CRAFTSMAN® and STANLEY® brands. Hand tools include measuring, leveling and layout tools, planes, hammers,
demolition tools, clamps, vises, knives, saws, chisels, material handling, and industrial and automotive tools. Power tool
accessories include drill bits, screwdriver bits, router bits, abrasives, saw blades and threading products. Storage products
include tool boxes, sawhorses, cabinets and engineered storage solution products.
The Outdoor product line primarily sells corded and cordless electric lawn and garden products, including hedge trimmers,
string trimmers, lawn mowers, pressure washers and related accessories, and gas powered lawn and garden products, including
lawn tractors, zero turn ride on mowers, walk behind mowers, snow blowers, residential robotic mowers, hand-held outdoor
power equipment, garden tools, and parts and accessories to professionals and consumers under the DEWALT®,
CRAFTSMAN®, CUB CADET®, BLACK+DECKER®, and HUSTLER® brand names.
Industrial
The Industrial segment is comprised of the Engineered Fastening business and the Infrastructure business prior to its sale in
April 2024.
The Engineered Fastening business primarily sells highly engineered components such as fasteners, fittings and various
engineered products, which are designed for specific application across multiple verticals. The product lines include externally
threaded fasteners, blind rivets and tools, blind inserts and tools, drawn arc weld studs and systems, engineered plastic and
mechanical fasteners, self-piercing riveting systems, precision nut running systems, micro fasteners, high-strength structural
fasteners, axel swage, latches, heat shields, pins, and couplings.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Company’s results represent continuing operations and as a result of the 2022 divestitures of the Company’s CSS and MAS
businesses, as described in further detail under the heading “Divestitures” in this Item 7 above, exclude the commercial
electronic security, healthcare, and automatic doors businesses. These divestitures represented a single plan to exit the Security
segment and were considered a strategic shift that had a major effect on the Company's operations and financial results.
Therefore, the operating results of these businesses were classified as discontinued operations through their respective dates of
sale. The divestiture of the Oil & Gas and the Infrastructure businesses did not qualify for discontinued operations and
therefore, their results were included in the Company's continuing operations within the Industrial segment through the date of
sale in the third quarter of 2022 and the second quarter of 2024, respectively.
Certain Items Impacting Earnings and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The Company has provided a discussion of its results both inclusive and exclusive of certain gains and charges. The results and
measures, including gross profit, SG&A, Other, net, Income taxes, and segment profit (including Corporate Overhead), on a
basis excluding certain gains and charges, free cash flow, organic revenue and organic growth are Non-GAAP financial
measures. These Non-GAAP financial measures are defined and reconciled to their most directly comparable GAAP financial
32
measures below. The Company considers the use of Non-GAAP financial measures relevant to aid analysis and understanding
of the Company’s results and business trends aside from the material impact of these items and ensures appropriate
comparability to operating results of prior periods. Supplemental Non-GAAP information should not be considered in isolation
or as a substitute for the related GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures presented herein may differ from
similar measures used by other companies.
The Company provides expectations for the non-GAAP financial measures of full-year 2025 adjusted EPS, presented on a basis
excluding certain gains and charges, as well as 2025 free cash flow. Forecasted full-year 2025 adjusted EPS is reconciled to
forecasted full-year 2025 GAAP EPS under the section entitled "2025 Planning Assumptions" below. Consistent with past
methodology, forecasted full-year 2025 GAAP EPS excludes the impacts of potential acquisitions and divestitures, potential
future regulatory changes or strategic shifts that could impact the Company's contingent liabilities or intangible assets,
respectively, potential future cost actions in response to external factors that have not yet occurred, and any other items not
specifically referenced under “2025 Planning Assumptions.” A reconciliation of forecasted 2025 free cash flow to its most
directly comparable GAAP estimate is not available without unreasonable effort due to high variability and difficulty in
predicting items that impact cash flow from operations, which could be material to the Company’s results in accordance with
U.S. GAAP. The Company believes such a reconciliation would also imply a degree of precision that is inappropriate for this
forward-looking measure.
The Company also provides multi-year strategic goals for the non-GAAP financial measures of adjusted gross margin and
adjusted EBITDA margin, presented on a basis excluding certain gains and charges, as well as organic revenue growth, free
cash flow, and CFROI. A reconciliation for these non-GAAP measures is not available without unreasonable effort due to the
inherent difficulty of forecasting the timing and/or amount of various items that have not yet occurred, including the high
variability and low visibility with respect to certain gains or charges that would generally be excluded from non-GAAP
financial measures and which could be material to the Company’s results in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Additionally,
estimating such GAAP measures and providing a meaningful reconciliation consistent with the Company’s accounting policies
for future periods requires a level of precision that is unavailable for these future multi-year periods and cannot be
accomplished without unreasonable effort. The Company believes such a reconciliation would also imply a degree of precision
that is inappropriate for these forward-looking measures.
The Company’s operating results at the consolidated level as discussed below include and exclude certain gains and charges
impacting gross profit, SG&A, Other, net, and Income taxes. The Company’s business segment results as discussed below
include and exclude certain gains and charges impacting gross profit and SG&A. These amounts for 2024, 2023 and 2022 are as
follows:
2024
(Millions of Dollars)
GAAP
Non-GAAP
Adjustments2
Non-GAAP
Gross profit ....................................................................................................
$
4,514.4 $
88.8 $
4,603.2
Selling, general and administrative1
3,332.7
(81.3)
3,251.4
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes ............................
241.1
466.0
707.1
Income taxes on continuing operations ..........................................................
(45.2)
92.6
47.4
Net Earnings from Continuing Operations Attributable to Common
Shareowners - Diluted ....................................................................................
286.3
373.4
659.7
Diluted earnings per share of common stock - Continuing operations ..........
$
1.89 $
2.47 $
4.36
2023
(Millions of Dollars)
GAAP
Non-GAAP
Adjustments2
Non-GAAP
Gross profit ....................................................................................................
$
3,932.6 $
166.9 $
4,099.5
Selling, general and administrative1
...............................................................
3,290.7
(99.4)
3,191.3
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes .................
(375.7)
566.2
190.5
Income taxes on continuing operations ..........................................................
(94.0)
65.8
(28.2)
Net (Loss) Earnings from Continuing Operations Attributable to Common
Shareowners - Diluted ....................................................................................
(281.7)
500.4
218.7
Diluted (loss) earnings per share of common stock - Continuing operations
$
(1.88) $
3.33 $
1.45
33
2022
(Millions of Dollars)
GAAP
Non-GAAP
Adjustments2
Non-GAAP
Gross profit ....................................................................................................
$
4,284.1 $
127.4 $
4,411.5
Selling, general and administrative1
...............................................................
3,370.0
(180.3)
3,189.7
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes ............................
37.9
642.2
680.1
Income taxes on continuing operations ..........................................................
(132.4)
84.0
(48.4)
Net Earnings from Continuing Operations Attributable to Common
Shareowners - Diluted ....................................................................................
165.5
558.2
723.7
Diluted earnings per share of common stock - Continuing operations ..........
$
1.06 $
3.56 $
4.62
1
Includes provision for credit losses
2
Refer to table below for additional detail of the Non-GAAP adjustments
Below is a summary of the pre-tax Non-GAAP adjustments for 2024, 2023 and 2022.
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Supply Chain Transformation Costs:
Footprint Rationalization1
...............................................................................
$
66.3
$
96.9
$
25.3
Material Productivity & Operational Excellence2
..........................................
18.6
69.1
—
Inventory step-up charges ...................................................................................
—
—
80.3
Facility-related costs ...........................................................................................
2.6
1.5
14.8
Voluntary retirement program ............................................................................
—
(0.4)
5.7
Other charges (gains) ..........................................................................................
1.3
(0.2)
1.3
Gross Profit .................................................................................................
$
88.8
$
166.9
$
127.4
Supply Chain Transformation Costs:
Footprint Rationalization1
..............................................................................
$
42.5
$
10.8
$
—
Complexity Reduction & Operational Excellence .........................................
8.7
9.0
7.2
Acquisition & Integration-related costs3
.............................................................
9.4
33.6
85.2
Transition services costs related to previously divested businesses ...................
19.6
46.6
21.1
Functional transformation initiatives ..................................................................
—
—
19.2
Voluntary retirement program ............................................................................
—
(2.7)
33.4
Other charges (gains) ..........................................................................................
1.1
2.1
14.2
Selling, general and administrative .............................................................
$
81.3
$
99.4
$
180.3
Other, net4
...........................................................................................................
$
(19.6) $
(25.1) $
16.9
Environmental charges5
......................................................................................
143.2
—
—
Loss on sales of businesses .................................................................................
—
10.8
8.4
Restructuring charges6
........................................................................................
99.9
39.4
140.8
Asset impairment charges7
.................................................................................
72.4
274.8
168.4
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes ..........................
$
466.0
$
566.2
$
642.2
34
1
Footprint Rationalization costs in 2024 primarily relate to accelerated depreciation of manufacturing and distribution center equipment of $48.9
million and other facility exit and re-configuration costs of $45.2 million. In 2023, transfers and closures of targeted manufacturing sites,
including Fort Worth, Texas and Cheraw, South Carolina as previously announced in March 2023, resulted in accelerated depreciation of
production equipment of $49.1 million, non-cash asset write-downs of $44.0 million (predominantly tooling, raw materials and WIP), and other
facility exit and re-configuration costs of $14.6 million.
2
Material Productivity & Operational Excellence costs in 2023 primarily related to third-party consultant fees to provide expertise in identifying
and quantifying opportunities to source in a more integrated manner and re-design in-plant operations following footprint rationalization,
developing a detailed program and related governance, and assisting the Company with the implementation of actions necessary to achieve the
related objectives.
3
Acquisition & integration-related costs primarily relate to the MTD and Excel acquisitions, including costs to integrate the organizations and
shared processes, as well as harmonize key IT applications and infrastructure.
4
Includes deal-related costs, net of income related to providing transition services to previously divested businesses.
5
The $143.2 million pre-tax environmental charges in 2024 relate primarily to a reserve adjustment for the non-active Centredale Superfund site
as a result of regulatory changes and revisions to remediation alternatives.
6
Refer to “Restructuring Activities” below for further discussion.
7
Asset impairment charges in 2024 include a $41.0 million pre-tax impairment charge related to the Lenox trade name, a $25.5 million pre-tax
impairment charge related to the Infrastructure business, and a $5.9 million pre-tax impairment charge related to a small Industrial business.
Asset impairment charges in 2023 include a $124.0 million pre-tax impairment charge related to the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names and a
$150.8 million pre-tax impairment charge related to the Infrastructure business. The $168.4 million pre-tax impairment charge in 2022 related to
the Oil & Gas business.
Below is a summary of the Company’s operating results at the consolidated level, followed by an overview of business segment
performance. Organic growth is utilized to describe the Company's results excluding the impacts of foreign currency
fluctuations, acquisitions during their initial 12 months of ownership, and divestitures.
Consolidated Results
Net Sales: Net sales were $15.366 billion in 2024 compared to $15.781 billion in 2023, representing a decrease of 3%, as flat
organic revenue was more than offset by a 2% decrease from the Infrastructure divestiture and 1% decrease from foreign
currency. Tools & Outdoor net sales decreased 1% compared to 2023 as a 1% increase in volume was more than offset by a 1%
decrease in both price and foreign currency. Industrial net sales decreased 15% compared to 2023 as a 1% increase in price was
more than offset by a 13% decrease from the Infrastructure divestiture, a 2% decrease in volume, and a 1% decrease from
foreign currency.
Net sales were $15.781 billion in 2023 compared to $16.947 billion in 2022, representing a decrease of 7%, as a 1% increase in
price was more than offset by a 7% decrease in volume and a 1% decrease from the Oil & Gas divestiture. Tools & Outdoor net
sales decreased 7% compared to 2022 due to a 7% decrease in volume. Industrial net sales decreased 4% compared to 2022 as a
3% increase in price was more than offset by a 4% decrease from the Oil & Gas divestiture and a 3% decrease in volume.
Gross Profit: The Company reported gross profit of $4.514 billion, or 29.4% of net sales, in 2024 compared to $3.933 billion,
or 24.9% of net sales, in 2023. Non-GAAP adjustments, which reduced gross profit, were $88.8 million in 2024 and $166.9
million in 2023. Excluding these adjustments, gross profit was 30.0% of net sales in 2024 compared to 26.0% of net sales in
2023, primarily driven by the supply chain transformation efficiencies and lower inventory destocking costs.
The Company reported gross profit of $3.933 billion, or 24.9% of net sales, in 2023 compared to $4.284 billion, or 25.3% of net
sales, in 2022. Non-GAAP adjustments, which reduced gross profit, were $166.9 million in 2023 and $127.4 million in 2022.
Despite lower volume, the impact of selling through high-cost inventory, and production curtailments, gross profit, excluding
Non-GAAP adjustments, was 26.0% of net sales in both 2023 and 2022, due to price realization, supply chain transformation
benefits, lower inventory destocking costs, and lower shipping costs.
SG&A Expenses: Selling, general and administrative expenses, inclusive of the provision for credit losses, were $3.333 billion,
or 21.7% of net sales, in 2024 compared to $3.291 billion, or 20.9% of net sales, in 2023. Within SG&A, Non-GAAP
adjustments totaled $81.3 million in 2024 and $99.4 million in 2023. Excluding these adjustments, SG&A was 21.2% of net
sales in 2024 compared to 20.2% in 2023, as the Company invested in growth initiatives designed to deliver increased market
penetration and future market share gains.
SG&A expenses, inclusive of the provision for credit losses, were $3.291 billion, or 20.9% of net sales, in 2023 compared to
$3.370 billion, or 19.9% of net sales, in 2022. SG&A declined year-over-year on an absolute dollar basis reflecting cost
reductions. Within SG&A, Non-GAAP adjustments totaled $99.4 million in 2023 and $180.3 million in 2022. Excluding these
adjustments, SG&A was 20.2% of net sales in 2023 compared to 18.8% in 2022, reflecting the impact of lower sales volume,
but relatively flat year-over-year on an absolute dollar basis as the benefits from the Global Cost Reduction Program were offset
by increased investments in growth initiatives, higher variable compensation expense and inflation.
35
Distribution center costs (i.e. warehousing and fulfillment facility and associated labor costs) are classified within SG&A. This
classification may differ from other companies who may report such expenses within cost of sales. Due to diversity in practice,
to the extent the classification of these distribution costs differs from other companies, the Company’s gross margins may not
be comparable. Such distribution costs classified in SG&A amounted to $534.4 million, $521.7 million and $498.7 million in
2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The year-over-year increases in distribution costs in 2024 and 2023 are driven by
temporary cost increases to support the Company's distribution network redesign.
Other, net: Other, net totaled $448.8 million, $320.1 million, and $274.8 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The
year-over-year increase in 2024 is primarily driven by an environmental remediation reserve adjustment relating to the
Centredale site, as further discussed in Note R, Contingencies, partially offset by lower intangible asset amortization due to the
divestiture of the Infrastructure business. Excluding Non-GAAP adjustments, Other, net, totaled $325.2 million, $345.2 million,
and $257.9 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The decrease in 2024 is driven by lower intangible asset amortization
expense as a result of the divestiture of the Infrastructure business. The increase in 2023 was driven by higher pension and
environmental remediation costs as well as write-downs on certain investments.
Loss on Sales of Businesses: During 2023, the Company reported a loss of $10.8 million primarily related to the divestiture of a
small business in the Industrial segment. During 2022, the Company reported a net loss of $8.4 million primarily related to the
divestiture of the Oil & Gas business.
Asset Impairment Charges: During 2024, the Company recorded pre-tax, non-cash impairment charges of $72.4 million,
comprised of $41.0 million related to the Lenox trade name, $25.5 million related to the Infrastructure business, and $5.9
million related to a small business in the Industrial segment. During 2023, the Company recorded pre-tax, non-cash impairment
charges of $274.8 million, comprised of $124.0 million related to the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names and $150.8 million
related to the Infrastructure business. During 2022, the Company recorded a pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge of
$168.4 million related to the Oil & Gas business. Refer to Note E, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional information on
the trade name impairments. Refer to Note S, Divestitures, for additional information on the 2024 divestiture of the
Infrastructure business and the 2022 divestiture of the Oil & Gas business.
Interest, net: Net interest expense in 2024 was $319.5 million compared to $372.5 million in 2023 and $283.8 million in 2022.
The 2024 decrease was primarily driven by lower commercial paper balances and lower U.S. interest rates. The increase in
2023 compared to 2022 was primarily driven by higher U.S. interest rates and debt issuances in March 2023, partially offset by
higher interest income due to an increase in rates.
Income Taxes: The Company's effective tax rate on continuing operations was (18.7)% in 2024, 25.0% in 2023, and (349.3)%
in 2022. Excluding the tax effect on Non-GAAP adjustments, the effective tax rate in 2024 on continuing operations was 6.7%.
This effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to tax benefits associated with partial realignment of
the Company's legal structure, remeasurement of uncertain tax position reserves, the recognition of previously unrecognized
foreign deferred tax assets, state income taxes, and tax credits, partially offset by non-deductible expenses, U.S. tax on foreign
earnings, withholding taxes, and losses for which a tax benefit is not recognized.
Excluding the tax effect on Non-GAAP adjustments, the effective tax rate on continuing operations in 2023 was (14.8)%. This
effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to a tax benefit associated with an intra-entity asset
transfer of certain intangible assets related to the continued reorganization of the supply chain, tax on foreign earnings at tax
rates different than the U.S. tax rate, state income taxes, and tax credits, partially offset by U.S. tax on foreign earnings, non-
deductible expenses, withholding taxes, and losses for which a tax benefit is not recognized.
Excluding the tax effect on Non-GAAP adjustments, the effective tax rate on continuing operations in 2022 was (7.1)%. This
effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to a tax benefit associated with an intra-entity asset
transfer of certain intangible assets related to the continued reorganization of the supply chain, tax on foreign earnings at tax
rates different than the U.S. tax rate, and the recognition of previously unrecognized foreign deferred tax assets, offset by U.S.
tax on foreign earnings and the remeasurement of uncertain tax position reserves.
On December 20, 2021, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development published a proposal for the
establishment of a global minimum tax rate of 15% (“Pillar Two"). The Pillar Two rules provide a template that jurisdictions
can translate into domestic law, to assist with the implementation within an agreed upon timeframe and in a coordinated
manner. Certain countries in which the Company operates have enacted legislation effective January 1, 2024, while other
jurisdictions are in various stages of implementation.
The Company has performed an assessment of the potential impact to its income taxes as a result of Pillar Two. The assessment
of the potential impact is based on the most recent tax filings, country-by-country reporting, and financial statements of affected
36
subsidiaries. Based on results of the assessment, the Company believes it can avail itself of the transitional safe harbor rules in
most jurisdictions in which the Company operates. There are, however, a limited number of jurisdictions where the transitional
safe harbor relief does not apply for which the Company has accrued global minimum taxes of $3.9 million in 2024. The
Company does not currently expect a material impact to income taxes in those jurisdictions in the near term. The Company
continues to assess the potential impact of Pillar Two and monitor developments in legislation, regulation, and interpretive
guidance in this area.
Business Segment Results
The Company’s reportable segments represent businesses that have similar products, services and end markets, among other
factors. The Company utilizes segment profit which is defined as net sales minus cost of sales and SG&A inclusive of the
provision for credit losses (aside from corporate overhead expense), and segment profit as a percentage of net sales to assess the
profitability of each segment.
The Company’s operations are classified into two reportable business segments: Tools & Outdoor and Industrial.
Tools & Outdoor:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Net sales .................................................................................................. $
13,304
$
13,367
$
14,424
Segment profit ........................................................................................ $
1,197
$
688
$
972
% of Net sales .........................................................................................
9.0 %
5.1 %
6.7 %
Tools & Outdoor net sales decreased $62.9 million, or 1%, in 2024 compared to 2023 as a 1% increase in volume was more
than offset by a 1% decrease in both price and foreign currency. Organic revenue was flat as growth in DEWALT® was offset
by the weak consumer and DIY backdrop. Organic revenue decreased 1% in North America, remained flat in Europe, and
increased 6% in the rest of the world.
Segment profit amounted to $1,197.4 million, or 9.0% of net sales, in 2024 compared to $687.6 million, or 5.1% of net sales, in
2023. Excluding Non-GAAP adjustments of $143.1 million and $196.7 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively, segment profit
amounted to 10.1% of net sales in 2024 compared to 6.6% of net sales in 2023, primarily due to supply chain transformation
benefits and lower inventory destocking costs, which were partially offset by growth investments.
Tools & Outdoor net sales decreased $1.057 billion, or 7%, in 2023 compared to 2022 due to a 7% decline in volume. Organic
revenue decreased 8%, 4% and 3% in North America, Europe and emerging markets, respectively. The overall 7% organic
decline was a result of lower consumer outdoor and DIY market demand. The 2023 U.S. retail point-of-sale demand remained
above pre-pandemic 2019 levels, supported by price increases and strength in professional tools.
Segment profit amounted to $687.6 million, or 5.1% of net sales, in 2023 compared to $971.9 million, or 6.7% of net sales, in
2022. Excluding Non-GAAP adjustments of $196.7 million and $235.4 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively, segment profit
amounted to 6.6% of net sales in 2023 compared to 8.4% in 2022, as supply chain transformation savings and reduced shipping
costs were more than offset by selling through high-cost inventory, production curtailments and lower volume.
Industrial:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Net sales .................................................................................................. $
2,062
$
2,414
$
2,523
Segment profit ......................................................................................... $
255
$
267
$
236
% of Net sales ..........................................................................................
12.4 %
11.0 %
9.4 %
Industrial net sales decreased $352.5 million, or 15%, in 2024 compared to 2023, as a 1% increase in price was more than offset
by a 13% decrease from the Infrastructure divestiture, a 2% decrease in volume, and a 1% decrease from foreign currency.
Engineered Fastening organic revenues increased 2% as aerospace and general industrial growth was partially offset by market
softness in automotive.
Segment profit totaled $254.9 million, or 12.4% of net sales, in 2024 compared to $266.5 million, or 11.0% of net sales, in
2023. Excluding Non-GAAP adjustments of $3.6 million and $18.7 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively, segment profit
amounted to 12.5% of net sales in 2024 compared to 11.8% of net sales in 2023, as lower volume in automotive was more than
offset by price realization and cost control.
37
Industrial net sales decreased $109.4 million, or 4%, in 2023 compared to 2022, as a 3% increase in price was more than offset
by a 4% decrease from the Oil & Gas divestiture and a 3% decrease in volume. Engineered Fastening organic revenues were up
6%, with double-digit growth in both aerospace and automotive, which was partially offset by softness in general industrial
fastener markets.
Segment profit totaled $266.5 million, or 11.0% of net sales, in 2023 compared to $236.2 million, or 9.4% of net sales, in 2022.
Excluding Non-GAAP adjustments of $18.7 million and $7.8 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively, segment profit amounted
to 11.8% of net sales in 2023 compared to 9.7% in 2022, as price realization and cost control more than offset lower volume.
Corporate Overhead
Corporate Overhead includes the corporate overhead element of SG&A, which is not allocated to the business segments.
Corporate Overhead amounted to $270.6 million, $312.2 million, and $294.0 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Excluding Non-GAAP adjustments of $23.4 million, $50.9 million, and $64.5 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively,
the Corporate Overhead element of SG&A was $247.2 million, $261.3 million, and $229.5 million in 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively. The year-over-year decrease in 2024 compared to 2023 was primarily driven by the Company’s ongoing efforts to
simplify the corporate cost structure and reduce indirect spend. The year-over-year increase in 2023 compared to 2022 was
primarily driven by higher employee-related variable compensation costs.
38
RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
A summary of the restructuring reserve activity from December 30, 2023 to December 28, 2024 is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
December 30,
2023
Net Additions
Usage
Currency
December 28,
2024
Severance and related costs .......................................... $
25.8 $
49.0 $
(50.3) $
0.8 $
25.3
Facility closures and other ............................................
3.1
50.9
(33.9)
—
20.1
Total ............................................................................. $
28.9 $
99.9 $
(84.2) $
0.8 $
45.4
During 2024, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of approximately $100 million, primarily related to severance
and facility closures associated with the supply chain transformation. The Company expects to achieve annual net cost savings
of approximately $129 million by the end of 2025 related to the restructuring costs incurred during 2024. The majority of the
$45 million of reserves remaining as of December 28, 2024 is expected to be utilized within the next twelve months.
During 2023, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of approximately $39 million, primarily related to severance
and facility closures associated with the footprint rationalization actions under the supply chain transformation. The Company
estimates that these actions resulted in net cost savings of approximately $45 million in 2024.
During 2022, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of approximately $141 million, primarily related to severance
and related costs, including SG&A cost actions under the Global Cost Reduction Program. The Company estimates that these
actions resulted in net cost savings of approximately $300 million in 2023.
Segments: The $100 million of net restructuring charges in 2024 includes: $84 million pertaining to the Tools & Outdoor
segment; $8 million pertaining to the Industrial segment; and $8 million pertaining to Corporate.
The anticipated annual net cost savings of approximately $129 million related to the 2024 restructuring actions include: $109
million in the Tools & Outdoor segment; $7 million in the Industrial segment; and $13 million in Corporate.
2025 PLANNING ASSUMPTIONS
This discussion of certain planning assumptions is intended to provide broad insight into the Company's near-term earnings and
cash flow generation prospects. The Company's planning assumptions for 2025 are for diluted earnings per share on a GAAP
basis to be $4.05 (+/- $0.65), diluted earnings per share excluding Non-GAAP adjustments to be $5.25 (+/- $0.50), and free
cash flow to be $750 million (+/- $100 million). These planning assumptions exclude the impact of new 2025 tariffs.
The difference between the planning assumptions for 2025 diluted earnings per share on a GAAP basis and diluted earnings per
share excluding Non-GAAP adjustments is approximately $1.05 to $1.35, consisting primarily of charges related to the supply
chain transformation under the Global Cost Reduction Program.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Liquidity, Sources and Uses of Capital: The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from operations
and available lines of credit under various credit facilities.
Operating Activities: Cash flows provided by operations were $1.107 billion in 2024 compared to $1.191 billion in 2023 as
higher earnings were more than offset by lower cash flows from working capital due to the significant inventory reduction in
2023.
In 2023, cash flows provided by operations were $1.191 billion compared to cash used in operations of $1.460 billion in 2022.
The year-over-year change was primarily driven by the Company's focus on reducing inventory, as evidenced by a decline of
$1.123 billion in inventory in 2023.
Free Cash Flow: Free cash flow, as defined in the table below, was an inflow of $753 million in 2024 compared to an inflow of
$853 million in 2023 and an outflow of $1.990 billion in 2022. The year-over-year changes in free cash flow are due to the
same factors discussed above in operating activities. Management considers free cash flow an important indicator of its
liquidity and capital efficiency, as well as its ability to fund future growth and provide dividends to shareowners, and is useful
information for investors. Free cash flow does not include deductions for mandatory debt service, other borrowing activity,
discretionary dividends on the Company’s common stock and business acquisitions, among other items.
39
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ................................. $
1,107 $
1,191 $
(1,460)
Less: capital and software expenditures ...................................................
(354)
(338)
(530)
Free cash flow ........................................................................................... $
753 $
853 $
(1,990)
Investing Activities: Cash flows provided by investing activities totaled $394 million in 2024 primarily due to net proceeds from
sales of businesses of $736 million, partially offset by capital and software expenditures of $354 million.
Cash flows used in investing activities in 2023 totaled $328 million, primarily due to capital and software expenditures of $338
million.
Cash flows provided by investing activities in 2022 totaled $3.573 billion, primarily due to proceeds from the Security and Oil
& Gas divestitures, net of cash sold, of $4.147 billion, partially offset by capital and software expenditures of $530 million.
Financing Activities: Cash flows used in financing activities totaled $1.557 billion in 2024 primarily driven by net repayments
of short-term commercial paper borrowings of $1.057 billion and cash dividend payments on common stock of $491 million.
Cash flows used in financing activities totaled $816 million in 2023 primarily driven by net repayments of short-term
commercial paper borrowings of $1.045 billion and cash dividend payments on common stock of $483 million, partially offset
by net proceeds from debt issuances of $745 million.
Cash flows used in financing activities totaled $1.971 billion in 2022 primarily driven by share repurchases of $2.323 billion,
credit facility repayments of $2.5 billion, the redemption and conversion of preferred stock for $750 million, cash dividend
payments on common stock of $466 million, and net repayments of short-term commercial paper borrowings of $138 million,
partially offset by $2.5 billion from credit facility borrowings, net proceeds from debt issuances of $993 million and proceeds
from the issuance of remarketed Series D Preferred Stock of $750 million.
Fluctuations in foreign currency rates negatively impacted cash by $106 million in 2024 and $32 million in 2022, due to the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies. Fluctuations in foreign currency rates positively impacted cash by $2
million in 2023 due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies.
Refer to Note G, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, and Note I, Capital Stock, for further discussion regarding the
Company's debt and equity arrangements.
Credit Ratings and Liquidity:
The Company maintains investment grade credit ratings from the major U.S. rating agencies on its senior unsecured debt (S&P
A-, Fitch BBB+, Moody's Baa3), as well as its commercial paper program (S&P A-2, Fitch F2, Moody's P-3). There were no
changes to any of the Company's credit ratings during 2024. Failure to maintain investment grade rating levels could adversely
affect the Company’s cost of funds, liquidity, and access to capital markets, but would not have an adverse effect on the
Company’s ability to access its existing committed credit facilities.
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $291 million as of December 28, 2024, which was primarily held in foreign jurisdictions.
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $449 million as of December 30, 2023, of which approximately 50% was held in foreign
jurisdictions.
As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act"), the Company's tax liability related to the one-time transition tax associated
with unremitted foreign earnings and profits totaled $110 million at December 28, 2024. The Act permits a U.S. company to
elect to pay the net tax liability interest-free over a period of up to eight years. See the "Contractual Obligations" table below for
the estimated amounts due by period. The Company has considered the implications of paying the required one-time transition
tax and believes it will not have a material impact on its liquidity.
The Company has a $3.5 billion commercial paper program which includes Euro denominated borrowings in addition to U.S.
Dollars. As of December 28, 2024, the Company had no commercial paper borrowings outstanding. As of December 30, 2023,
the Company had $1.1 billion of borrowings outstanding, of which $399.7 million in Euro denominated commercial paper was
designated as a net investment hedge. Refer to Note H, Financial Instruments, for further discussion.
40
In June 2024, the Company amended and restated its existing five-year $2.5 billion committed credit facility with the
concurrent execution of a new five year $2.25 billion committed credit facility (the “5-Year Credit Agreement”). Borrowings
under the 5-Year Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling. A sub-limit of an amount equal to
the Euro equivalent of $800.0 million is designated for swing line advances. Borrowings bear interest at a floating rate plus an
applicable margin dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and specific terms of the 5-Year Credit Agreement. The
Company must repay all advances under the 5-Year Credit Agreement by the earlier of June 28, 2029 or upon termination. The
5-Year Credit Agreement is designated to be a liquidity back-stop for the Company's $3.5 billion U.S. Dollar and Euro
commercial paper program. As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company had not drawn on its five-year
committed credit facility.
In June 2024, the Company terminated its 364-Day $1.5 billion committed credit facility ("the 2023 Syndicated 364-Day Credit
Agreement") dated September 2023. There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2023 Syndicated 364-Day Credit
Agreement upon termination and as of December 30, 2023. Contemporaneously, the Company entered into a new $1.25 billion
syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement (the "2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement") which is a revolving credit loan.
The borrowings under the 2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars or Euros and bear interest
at a floating rate plus an applicable margin dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and pursuant to the terms of the
2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement. The Company must repay all advances under the 2024 Syndicated 364-Day
Credit Agreement by the earlier of June 27, 2025 or upon termination. The Company may, however, convert all advances
outstanding upon termination into a term loan that shall be repaid in full no later than the first anniversary of the termination
date provided that the Company, among other things, pays a fee to the administrative agent for the account of each lender. The
2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement serves as part of the liquidity back-stop for the Company’s $3.5 billion U.S. Dollar
and Euro commercial paper program. As of December 28, 2024, the Company had not drawn on its 2024 Syndicated 364-Day
Credit Agreement.
The 5-Year Credit Agreement and the 2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement, as described above, contain customary
affirmative and negative covenants, including but not limited to, maintenance of an interest coverage ratio. The interest
coverage ratio tested for covenant compliance compares adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and
Amortization to adjusted net Interest Expense ("Adjusted EBITDA"/"Adjusted Net Interest Expense"). The Company must
maintain, for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company, an interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.50 to
1.00, provided that the Company is only required to maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than (i) 1.50 to 1.00 for any
four fiscal quarter period ending on or before the end of the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024, and (ii) 2.50 to 1.00 for
any four fiscal quarter period ending after the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024 through and including the Company’s
second fiscal quarter of 2025. For purposes of calculating the Company’s compliance with the interest coverage ratio, as
defined in each credit agreement, the Company is permitted to increase EBITDA to allow for additional adjustment addbacks
incurred prior to the end of the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2025, provided that (A) the sum of the applicable
adjustment addbacks incurred through and including the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024 may not exceed $500 million
in the aggregate, and (B) the sum of the applicable adjustment addbacks incurred from the Company’s third fiscal quarter of
2024 through and including the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2025 may not exceed $250 million in the aggregate;
provided, further, that the sum of the applicable adjustment addbacks for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period may not
exceed $500 million in the aggregate.
In addition, the Company has other short-term lines of credit that are primarily uncommitted, with numerous banks, aggregating
to $296 million, of which approximately $206 million was available at December 28, 2024 and approximately $90 million of
the short-term credit lines were utilized primarily pertaining to outstanding letters of credit for which there are no required or
reported debt balances. Short-term arrangements are reviewed annually for renewal.
At December 28, 2024, the aggregate amount of short-term and long-term committed and uncommitted lines of credit was
approximately $3.8 billion. The weighted-average interest rates on U.S. dollar denominated short-term borrowings for the years
ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 were 5.6% and 5.1%, respectively. The weighted-average interest rates on
Euro denominated short-term borrowings for the years ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 were 3.9% and 3.5%,
respectively.
In March 2023, the Company issued $350.0 million of senior unsecured term notes maturing March 6, 2026 ("2026 Term
Notes") and $400.0 million of senior unsecured term notes maturing March 6, 2028 (“2028 Term Notes”). The 2026 Term
Notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.272% per annum and the 2028 Term Notes at a fixed rate of 6.0% per annum, with
interest payable semi-annually in arrears, and both notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company's existing
and future unsecured unsubordinated debt. The Company received total net proceeds from this offering of $745.3 million, net of
$4.7 million of underwriting expenses and other fees associated with the transaction. The Company used the net proceeds from
the offering for general corporate purposes, including repayment of indebtedness under the commercial paper program.
41
In March 2015, the Company entered into a forward share purchase contract with a financial institution counterparty for
3,645,510 shares of common stock. The contract obligates the Company to pay $350 million, plus an additional amount related
to the forward component of the contract. In June 2024, the Company amended the settlement date to June 2026, or earlier at
the Company's option.
Refer to Note G, Long-Term Debt and Financing Arrangements, and Note I, Capital Stock, for further discussion regarding the
Company's debt and equity arrangements.
Contractual Obligations: The following table summarizes the Company’s significant contractual and other obligations that
impact its liquidity:
Payments Due by Period
(Millions of Dollars)
Total
2025
2026-2027
2028-2029
Thereafter
Long-term debt (a) ................................................. $
6,152 $
501 $
901 $
1,100 $
3,650
Interest payments on long-term debt (b) ................
2,977
228
378
286
2,085
Lease obligations ...................................................
565
130
196
122
117
Inventory purchase commitments (c) ....................
713
708
5
—
—
Deferred compensation ..........................................
27
—
1
—
26
Marketing commitments ........................................
62
35
27
—
—
Forward stock purchase contract (d) ......................
350
—
350
—
—
Pension funding obligations (e) .............................
30
30
—
—
—
U.S. income tax (f) .................................................
110
110
—
—
—
Supplier agreements (g) .........................................
161
101
60
—
—
Derivatives (h) .......................................................
12
12
—
—
—
Total contractual cash obligations ..................... $
11,159 $
1,855 $
1,918 $
1,508 $
5,878
(a) Future payments on long-term debt encompass all payments related to aggregate debt maturities, excluding certain fair
value adjustments included in long-term debt, as discussed further in Note G, Long-Term Debt and Financing
Arrangements.
(b) Future interest payments on long-term debt reflect the applicable interest rate in effect at December 28, 2024.
(c) Inventory purchase commitments primarily consist of open purchase orders to purchase raw materials, components, and
sourced products.
(d) In March 2015, the Company entered into a forward share purchase contract with a financial institution counterparty
which obligates the Company to pay $350 million, plus an additional amount related to the forward component of the
contract. In June 2024, the Company amended the settlement date to June 2026, or earlier at the Company's option. See
Note I, Capital Stock, for further discussion.
(e) This amount principally represents contributions either required by regulations or laws or, with respect to unfunded
plans, necessary to fund current benefits. The Company has not presented estimated pension and post-retirement
funding beyond 2025 as funding can vary significantly from year to year based upon changes in the fair value of the
plan assets, actuarial assumptions, and curtailment/settlement actions.
(f)
Income tax liability for the one-time deemed repatriation tax on unremitted foreign earnings and profits.
(g) Supplier agreements with long-term minimum material purchase requirements and freight forwarding arrangements.
(h) Future cash flows on derivative instruments reflect the fair value and accrued interest as of December 28, 2024. The
ultimate cash flows on these instruments will differ, perhaps significantly, based on applicable market interest and
foreign currency rates at their maturity.
To the extent the Company can reliably determine when payments will occur, the related amounts will be included in the table
above. However, due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash flows associated with the
contingent consideration liability related to the Craftsman acquisition and the unrecognized tax liabilities of $167 million and
$518 million, respectively, at December 28, 2024, the Company is unable to make a reliable estimate of when (if at all) these
amounts may be paid. Refer to Note L, Fair Value Measurements, and Note P, Income Taxes, for further discussion.
Payments of the above contractual and other obligations (with the exception of payments related to debt principal, the forward
stock purchase contract, and tax obligations) will typically generate a cash tax benefit such that the net cash outflow will be
lower than the gross amounts summarized above.
42
Other Significant Commercial Commitments:
Amount of Commitment Expirations Per Period
(Millions of Dollars)
Total
2025
2026-2027
2028-2029
Thereafter
U.S. lines of credit
$
3,500 $
1,250 $
— $
2,250 $
—
Short-term borrowings, long-term debt and lines of credit are explained in detail within Note G, Long-Term Debt and Financing
Arrangements.
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the potential economic loss that may result from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments,
currencies, commodities and other items traded in global markets. The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in
foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices, bond prices and commodity prices, amongst others.
Exposure to foreign currency risk results because the Company, through its global businesses, enters into transactions and
makes investments denominated in multiple currencies. The Company’s predominant currency exposures are related to the
Euro, Canadian Dollar, British Pound, Australian Dollar, Brazilian Real, Chinese Renminbi and the Taiwan Dollar. Certain
cross-currency trade flows arising from both trade and affiliate sales and purchases are consolidated and netted prior to
obtaining risk protection through the use of various derivative financial instruments which may include: purchased basket
options, purchased options, collars, cross-currency swaps and currency forwards. The Company is thus able to capitalize on its
global positioning by taking advantage of naturally offsetting exposures and portfolio efficiencies to reduce the cost of
purchasing derivative protection. At times, the Company also enters into foreign exchange derivative contracts to reduce the
earnings and cash flow impacts of non-functional currency denominated receivables and payables, primarily for affiliate
transactions. Gains and losses from these hedging instruments offset the gains or losses on the underlying net exposures.
Management determines the nature and extent of currency hedging activities, and in certain cases, may elect to allow certain
currency exposures to remain un-hedged. The Company may also enter into cross-currency swaps and forward contracts to
hedge the net investments in certain subsidiaries and better match the cash flows of operations to debt service requirements.
Management estimates the foreign currency impact from its derivative financial instruments outstanding at the end of 2024
would have been an incremental pre-tax loss of approximately $45 million based on a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in
all net derivative currency positions. The Company follows risk management policies in executing derivative financial
instrument transactions, and does not use such instruments for speculative purposes. The Company generally does not hedge the
translation of its non-U.S. dollar earnings in foreign subsidiaries, but may choose to do so in certain instances in future periods.
As mentioned above, the Company routinely has cross-border trade and affiliate flows that cause an impact on earnings from
foreign exchange rate movements. The Company is also exposed to currency fluctuation volatility from the translation of
foreign earnings into U.S. dollars and the economic impact of foreign currency volatility on monetary assets held in foreign
currencies. It is more difficult to quantify the transactional effects from currency fluctuations than the translational effects.
Aside from the use of derivative instruments, which may be used to mitigate some of the exposure, transactional effects can
potentially be influenced by actions the Company may take. For example, if an exposure occurs from a European entity
sourcing product from a U.S. supplier it may be possible to change to a European supplier. Management estimates the
combined translational and transactional impact, on pre-tax earnings, of a 10% overall movement in exchange rates is
approximately $237 million. In 2024, translational and transactional foreign currency fluctuations negatively impacted pre-tax
earnings from continuing operations by approximately $49 million.
The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk results from its outstanding debt and derivative obligations, short-term
investments, and derivative financial instruments employed in the management of its debt portfolio. The debt portfolio
including both trade and affiliate debt, is managed to achieve capital structure targets and reduce the overall cost of borrowing
by leveraging, as appropriate, a combination of fixed and floating rate debt as well as interest rate swaps and cross-currency
swaps.
The Company’s primary exposure to interest rate risk comes from its commercial paper program in which the pricing is
partially based on short-term U.S. interest rates. The impact of a hypothetical 10% increase in the average interest rate of the
Company’s average commercial paper borrowings outstanding during 2024 would have been an incremental pre-tax loss of
approximately $5 million. The Company had no outstanding commercial paper borrowings at December 28, 2024.
The Company has exposure to commodity prices in many businesses, particularly brass, nickel, resin, aluminum, copper, zinc,
steel, and energy used in the production of finished goods. Generally, commodity price exposures are not hedged with
derivative financial instruments, but instead are actively managed through customer product and service pricing actions,
procurement-driven cost reduction initiatives and other productivity improvement projects.
43
The Company has $118.7 million of liabilities as of December 28, 2024 pertaining to unfunded defined contribution plans for
certain U.S. employees for which there is mark-to-market exposure.
The assets held by the Company’s defined benefit plans are exposed to fluctuations in the market value of securities, primarily
global stocks and fixed-income securities. The Company employs diversified asset allocations to help mitigate this risk. The
Company's investment strategy for pension assets focuses on a liability-matching approach with gradual de-risking taking place
over a period of many years to effectively manage portfolio risk. The Company utilizes the current funded status to transition
the portfolio toward investments that better match the duration and cash flow attributes of the underlying liabilities. In 2024,
investment gains resulted in an increase of $15 million to pension plan assets. In 2023 and 2022, investment returns on pension
plan assets resulted in an increase of $144 million and a decrease of $560 million, respectively. The funded status percentage
(total plan assets divided by total projected benefit obligation) of all global pension plans was 90% in 2024 and 87% in both
2023 and 2022. The Company expects funding obligations on its defined benefit plans to be approximately $30 million in 2025.
Management has worked to minimize this exposure by freezing and terminating defined benefit plans where appropriate. Refer
to Note K, Employee Benefit Plans, for further discussion regarding the Company's pension plans.
The Company has access to financial resources and borrowing capabilities around the world. There are no instruments within
the debt structure that would accelerate payment requirements solely due to a change in credit rating.
The Company’s existing credit facilities and sources of liquidity, including expected operating cash flows, are considered more
than adequate to conduct business as normal. The Company believes that its strong financial position, expected operating cash
flows, committed long-term credit facilities and borrowing capacity, and ability to access equity markets, provide the financial
flexibility necessary to continue its record of annual dividend payments, to invest in the routine needs of its businesses, and to
fund other initiatives encompassed by its business strategy and maintain its strong investment grade credit ratings.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES — Preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.
Significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are described in Note A,
Significant Accounting Policies. Management believes the most complex and sensitive judgments, because of their significance
to the Consolidated Financial Statements, result primarily from the need to make estimates about the effects of matters with
inherent uncertainty. The most significant areas involving management estimates are described below. Actual results in these
areas could differ from management’s estimates.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — The Company acquires businesses in purchase transactions that result in the
recognition of goodwill and intangible assets. The determination of the value of intangible assets requires management to make
estimates and assumptions. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 350-20, Goodwill, acquired
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are subject to impairment testing at least annually or when
an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate it is more likely than not an impairment exists. Goodwill represents costs
in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses. At December 28, 2024, the Company
reported $7.906 billion of goodwill, $2.348 billion of indefinite-lived trade names and $1.383 billion of net definite-lived
intangibles.
Management tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment as defined in
ASC 280, Segment Reporting, or one level below an operating segment (component level) as determined by the availability of
discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed by operating segment management or an aggregate of component levels
of an operating segment having similar economic characteristics. If the carrying value of a reporting unit (including the value of
goodwill) is greater than its estimated fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded for the amount that the carrying
amount of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value.
As required by the Company’s policy, goodwill was tested for impairment in the third quarter of 2024. In accordance with
Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for
Impairment, companies are permitted to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the
fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a
quantitative goodwill impairment test. Impairment tests are completed separately with respect to the goodwill of each of the
Company’s reporting units. For its annual impairment testing performed in the third quarter of 2024, the Company applied a
quantitative test for each of its reporting units using a discounted cash flow valuation model. Based on the results of the
Company’s annual impairment testing, it was determined that the fair value of each of its reporting units was in excess of its
carrying amount.
With respect to the quantitative tests, the key assumptions applied to the cash flow projections were a discount rate of 10% for
both reporting units, near-term revenue growth rates over the next six years, which represented cumulative annual growth rates
44
ranging from approximately 4.0% to 4.5%, and perpetual growth rates of 3%. These assumptions contemplated business,
market and overall economic conditions. Based on the results of this testing, the Company determined that the fair value for
each of the reporting units exceeded its carrying amount in excess of 30%. Furthermore, management performed sensitivity
analyses on the estimated fair values from the discounted cash flow valuation models utilizing more conservative assumptions
that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the discount rate and perpetual growth rate. The discount rate was increased by
100 basis points with no impairment indicated. The perpetual growth rate was decreased by 150 basis points with no
impairment indicated.
The Company also tested its indefinite-lived trade names for impairment during the third quarter of 2024 utilizing a discounted
cash flow model. The key assumptions used included discount rates, royalty rates, and perpetual growth rates applied to the
projected sales. With the exception of the Lenox trade name discussed below, the Company determined that the fair values of
its indefinite-lived trade names exceeded their respective carrying amounts.
During 2024, the Company continued its brand prioritization and investment strategy for its major brands, while leveraging
certain of its specialty brands in a more focused manner. As a result of these ongoing brand prioritization efforts, the Company
recognized a $41.0 million pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge related to the Lenox trade name in the third quarter of 2024.
Subsequent to this impairment charge, the Lenox trade name carrying value totaled $115.0 million. In the third quarter of 2023,
the Company recognized a $124.0 million pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge related to the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names.
Subsequent to this impairment charge, the carrying value of the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names totaled $113.0 million. The
Company intends to continue utilizing these trade names indefinitely, which represented approximately 6% of 2024 net sales
for the Tools & Outdoor segment.
In the event that future operating results of any of the Company's reporting units or indefinite-lived trade names do not meet
current expectations, management, based upon conditions at the time, would consider taking restructuring or other strategic
actions, as necessary, to maximize revenue growth and profitability. A thorough analysis of all the facts and circumstances
existing at that time would need to be performed to determine if recording an impairment loss would be appropriate.
DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS — The valuation of pension and other postretirement benefits costs and obligations is
dependent on various assumptions. These assumptions, which are updated annually, include discount rates, expected return on
plan assets, future salary increase rates, and health care cost trend rates. The Company considers current market conditions,
including interest rates, to establish these assumptions. Discount rates are developed considering the yields available on high-
quality fixed income investments with maturities corresponding to the duration of the related benefit obligations. The
Company’s weighted-average discount rates used to determine benefit obligations at December 28, 2024 for the United States
and international pension plans were 5.55% and 5.04%, respectively. The Company’s weighted-average discount rates used to
determine benefit obligations at December 30, 2023 for the United States and international pension plans were 5.04% and
4.43%, respectively. As discussed further in Note K, Employee Benefit Plans, the Company develops the expected return on
plan assets considering various factors, which include its targeted asset allocation percentages, historic returns, and expected
future returns. The Company’s expected rate of return assumptions for the United States and international pension plans were
6.47% and 5.45%, respectively, at December 28, 2024. The Company will use a 6.57% weighted-average expected rate of
return assumption to determine the 2025 net periodic benefit cost. A 25 basis point reduction in the expected rate of return
assumption would increase 2025 net periodic benefit cost by approximately $4 million on a pre-tax basis.
The Company believes that the assumptions used are appropriate; however, differences in actual experience or changes in the
assumptions may materially affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations. To the extent that actual (newly
measured) results differ from the actuarial assumptions, the difference is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss,
and, if in excess of a specified corridor, amortized over future periods. The expected return on plan assets is determined using
the expected rate of return and the fair value of plan assets. Accordingly, market fluctuations in the fair value of plan assets can
affect the net periodic benefit cost in the following year. The projected benefit obligation for defined benefit plans exceeded the
fair value of plan assets by $218 million at December 28, 2024. A 25 basis point reduction in the discount rate would have
increased the projected benefit obligation by approximately $44 million at December 28, 2024. The primary Black & Decker
U.S. pension and post-employment benefit plans were curtailed in late 2010, as well as the only material Black & Decker
international plan, and in their place the Company implemented defined contribution benefit plans. The vast majority of the
projected benefit obligation pertains to plans that have been frozen; the remaining defined benefit plans that are not frozen are
predominantly small domestic union plans and those that are statutorily mandated in certain international jurisdictions. The
Company recognized approximately $24 million of defined benefit plan expense in 2024, which may fluctuate in future years
depending upon various factors including future discount rates and actual returns on plan assets.
Additional information regarding the Company's pension plans is available in Note K, Employee Benefit Plans.
45
ENVIRONMENTAL — The Company incurs costs related to environmental issues as a result of various laws and regulations
governing current operations as well as the remediation of previously contaminated sites. The Company’s policy is to accrue
environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and
the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The amount of liability recorded is based on an evaluation of currently
available facts with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing technology, presently enacted laws and
regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities recorded do not take into account any
claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As assessments and remediation progress at individual sites, the amounts
recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available.
As of December 28, 2024, the Company had reserves of $275 million for remediation activities associated with Company-
owned properties as well as for Superfund sites, for losses that are probable and estimable. As of December 28, 2024, the range
of environmental remediation costs that is reasonably possible is $192 million to $408 million which is subject to change in the
near term. The Company may be liable for environmental remediation of sites it no longer owns. Liabilities have been recorded
on those sites in accordance with this policy.
Additional information regarding environmental matters is available in Note R, Contingencies.
INCOME TAXES — The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC
740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been included in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Any changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In
making this determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of
existing temporary differences, estimates of future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and the realizability of net operating
loss carryforwards. In the event that it is determined that an asset is not more likely than not to be realized, a valuation
allowance is recorded against the asset. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes to tax
laws, changes to statutory tax rates and future taxable income levels. In the event the Company were to determine that it would
not be able to realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, the unrealizable amount would be charged to
earnings in the period in which that determination is made. Conversely, if the Company were to determine that it would be able
to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net carrying amounts, it would decrease the recorded valuation
allowance through a favorable adjustment to earnings in the period that the determination was made.
The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which requires a two-step process. First,
management determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained based on the technical merits of
the position and second, for those tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold, management recognizes the largest
amount of the tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related taxing
authority. The Company maintains an accounting policy of recording interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a
component of Income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company is subject to income tax in a number of locations, including U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions.
Significant judgment is required when calculating the worldwide provision for income taxes. Many factors are considered when
evaluating and estimating the Company's tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and which
may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with
respect to certain of the Company's unrecognized tax positions will significantly increase or decrease within the next
twelve months. These changes may be the result of settlements of ongoing audits, litigation, or other proceedings with taxing
authorities. The Company periodically assesses its liabilities and contingencies for all tax years still subject to audit based on
the most current available information, which involves inherent uncertainty.
Additional information regarding income taxes is available in Note P, Income Taxes.
46
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements
of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including, but not limited to,
any goals, projections, planning assumptions or guidance of earnings, income, revenue, margins, costs or sales, sales growth,
profitability or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations,
including expectations around the Company's ongoing transformation; future market share gain, any statements concerning
proposed new products, services or developments; any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any
statements concerning future dividends or share repurchases; any statements relating to initiatives concerning environmental,
social and governance matters; any statements of beliefs, plans, intentions or expectations; any statements and assumptions
regarding possible tariff and tariff impact projections and related mitigation plans; and any statements of assumptions
underlying any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include, among others, the words “may,” “will,” “estimate,”
“intend,” “could,” “project,” “plan,” “continue,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “run-rate,” “annualized,” “forecast,”
“commit,” “objective,” “goal,” “prospect,” “target,” “design,” “on-track,” “position or positioning,” “guidance,” “aim,” “multi-
year” or any other similar words.
Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in any of its forward-looking statements are reasonable,
actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of its forward-looking statements. The Company's
future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to
inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed or incorporated by reference in the Company's filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Important factors that could cause the Company's actual results, performance and achievements, or industry results to
differ materially from estimates or projections contained in its forward-looking statements include, among others, the
following: (i) successfully developing, marketing and achieving sales from new products and services and the continued
acceptance of current products and services; (ii) macroeconomic factors, including global and regional business conditions,
commodity prices, inflation and deflation, interest rate volatility, currency exchange rates, and uncertainties in the global
financial markets related to the recent failures of several financial institutions; (iii) laws, regulations and governmental policies
affecting the Company's activities in the countries where it does business, including those related to tariffs, taxation, data
privacy, anti-bribery, anti-corruption, government contracts, trade controls such as section 301 tariffs and section 232 steel and
aluminum tariffs, and import and export controls; (iv) the Company’s ability to predict the timing and extent of any trade
related regulations, restrictions and tariffs as well as its ability to successfully assess the impact to its business of, and mitigate
or respond to macroeconomic or trade and tariff changes or policies; (v) the economic, political, cultural and legal environment
in Europe and the emerging markets in which the Company generates sales, particularly Latin America and China; (vi) realizing
the anticipated benefits of mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic alliances or divestitures; (vii) pricing pressure and
other changes within competitive markets; (viii) availability and price of raw materials, component parts, freight, energy, labor
and sourced finished goods; (ix) the impact that the tightened credit markets may have on the Company or its customers or
suppliers; (x) the extent to which the Company has to write off accounts receivable, inventory or other assets or experiences
supply chain disruptions in connection with bankruptcy filings by customers or suppliers; (xi) the Company's ability to identify
and effectively execute productivity improvements and cost reductions; (xii) potential business, supply chain and distribution
disruptions, including those related to physical security threats, information technology or cyber-attacks, epidemics, natural
disasters or pandemics, sanctions, political unrest, war or terrorism, including the conflicts between Russia and Ukraine, and
Israel and Hamas and tensions or conflicts in South Korea, China, Taiwan and the Middle East; (xiii) the continued
consolidation of customers, particularly in consumer channels, and the Company’s continued reliance on significant customers;
(xiv) managing franchisee relationships; (xv) the impact of poor weather conditions and climate change and risks related to the
transition to a lower-carbon economy, such as the Company's ability to successfully adopt new technology, meet market-driven
demands for carbon neutral and renewable energy technology, or to comply with changes in environmental regulations or
requirements, which may be more stringent and complex, impacting its manufacturing facilities and business operations as well
as remediation plans and costs relating to any of its current or former locations or other sites; (xvi) maintaining or improving
production rates in the Company's manufacturing facilities, responding to significant changes in customer preferences or
expectations, product demand and fulfilling demand for new and existing products, and learning, adapting and integrating new
technologies into products, services and processes; (xvii) changes in the competitive landscape in the Company's markets;
(xviii) the Company's non-U.S. operations, including sales to non-U.S. customers; (xix) the impact from demand changes
within world-wide markets associated with construction and housing, general industrial, automotive, aerospace, outdoor and
other markets which the Company serves; (xx) potential adverse developments in new or pending litigation and/or government
investigations; (xxi) the incurrence of debt and changes in the Company's ability to obtain debt on commercially reasonable
terms and at competitive rates; (xxii) substantial pension and other postretirement benefit obligations; (xxiii) potential
regulatory liabilities, including environmental, privacy, data breach, workers compensation and product liabilities; (xxiv)
attracting, developing and retaining senior management and other key employees, managing a workforce in many jurisdictions,
labor shortages, work stoppages or other labor disruptions; (xxv) the Company's ability to keep abreast with the pace of
47
technological change; (xxvi) changes in accounting estimates; (xxvii) the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property
rights and to maintain its public reputation and the strength of its brands; (xxviii) critical or negative publicity, including on
social media, whether or not accurate, concerning the Company’s brands, products, culture, key employees or suppliers, or
initiatives, and the Company's handling of diverging stakeholder expectations regarding the same, and (xxix) the Company’s
ability to implement, and achieve the expected benefits (including cost savings and reduction in working capital) from, its
Global Cost Reduction Program including: continuing to advance innovation, electrification and global market penetration to
achieve mid-single digit organic revenue growth; streamlining and simplifying the organization, and investing in initiatives that
more directly impact the Company's customers and end users; returning adjusted gross margins to historical 35%+ levels by
accelerating the supply chain transformation to leverage material productivity, drive operational excellence, rationalize
manufacturing and distribution networks, including consolidating facilities and optimizing the distribution network, and reduce
complexity of the product portfolio; improving fill rates and matching inventory with customer demand; prioritizing cash flow
generation and inventory optimization; delivering operational excellence through efficiency, simplified organizational design;
and reducing complexity through platforming products and implementing initiatives to drive a SKU reduction.
Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements are set forth in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including under the headings “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes, and
other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the date hereof, and forward-
looking statements in documents that are incorporated by reference herein speak only as of the date of those documents. The
Company does not undertake any obligation or intention to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result
of future events or circumstances, new information or otherwise, except as required by law. Any standards of measurement and
performance made in reference to the Company's environmental, social, governance and other sustainability plans and goals are
developing and based on assumptions that continue to evolve and may be subject to change, and no assurance can be given that
any such plan, initiative, projection, goal, commitment, expectation, or prospect can or will be achieved. The inclusion of
information related to such goals and initiatives is not an indication that such information is material under the standards of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
48
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company incorporates by reference the material captioned “Market Risk” in Item 7 and in Note H, Financial Instruments,
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
See Item 15 for an index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule. Such Financial Statements and Financial
Statement Schedule are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
49
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The management of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting
purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28,
2024. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
(COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Management
concluded that based on its assessment, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December
28, 2024. Ernst & Young LLP, the auditor of the financial statements included in this annual report, has issued an attestation
report on the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, a copy of which appears on page 61.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive
Officer and its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of
its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined under Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the
Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer have concluded
that, as of December 28, 2024, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter
ended December 28, 2024 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
During the three months ended December 28, 2024, no director or Section 16 officer of the Company adopted, modified or
terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item
408(a) of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
50
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE REGISTRANT
The information required by this Item, except for the identification of the executive officers of the Company presented in Part I
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption "Information About Our Executive Officers," and certain information
with respect to the Company’s Code of Business Ethics and any material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may
recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors, as set forth below, is incorporated herein by reference to the
information set forth in the section of the Company’s definitive proxy statement (which will be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year) under the headings
“Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” “Corporate Governance,” “Information Concerning Nominees for Election as Directors,”
“Board of Directors,” and “Insider Trading Policy.”
Available on the Company's website at https://www.stanleyblackanddecker.com under the “Investors” heading is the Code of
Business Ethics applicable to all of its directors and officers, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer, and employees worldwide, as well as the
Supplemental Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers, applicable to the Company’s President and Chief
Executive Officer, and all senior financial officers, including the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Accounting Officer. The Company intends to post on its website required information regarding any amendment to, or
waiver from, the Code of Business Ethics or the Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers that applies to the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers within four business days after any such
amendment or waiver.
51
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under the sections entitled
“Compensation Discussion & Analysis,” “2024 Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” and “Compensation and
Talent Development Committee Report” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under
the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Officers” of
the Company’s definitive proxy statement, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
Compensation plans under which the Company’s equity securities are authorized for issuance at December 28, 2024 follow:
(A)
(B)
(C)
Plan Category
Number
of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options and
stock awards
Weighted-
average exercise
price of outstanding
options
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (A))
Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders ....................................................................
8,580,642 (1) $
128.59 (2)
6,791,483 (3)
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders (4)
...................................................
—
—
—
Total ........................................................................
8,580,642
$
128.59
6,791,483
(1) Consists of 5,918,571 shares underlying outstanding stock options (whether vested or unvested) with a weighted-
average exercise price of $128.59 and a weighted-average remaining term of 5.8 years; 2,499,131 shares underlying
time-vesting restricted stock units that have not yet vested and the maximum number of shares that will be issued
pursuant to outstanding performance awards if all established goals are met; and 162,940 of shares earned but related to
which participants elected deferral of delivery. All stock-based compensation plans are discussed in Note I, Capital
Stock, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
(2) There is no cost to the recipient for shares issued pursuant to time-vesting restricted stock units or performance awards.
Because there is no strike price applicable to these stock awards they are excluded from the weighted-average exercise
price which pertains solely to outstanding stock options.
(3) Consists of 921,982 of shares available for purchase under the employee stock purchase plan ("ESPP") at the election of
employees and 5,869,501 securities available for future grants under stock-based compensation plans. On April 26,
2024, the Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the 2024 Omnibus Award Plan (the “2024 Plan”), which
was approved by the Board of Directors on February 27, 2024. Subject to adjustment as provided in the 2024 Plan, up
to an aggregate of (i) 9,320,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be issued in connection with awards under
the 2024 Plan, less (ii) the shares covered by awards granted under the 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (the “2022 Plan”)
following December 31, 2023, plus (iii) any shares that become available for awards in accordance with the terms of the
2024 Plan, including as a result of forfeitures under the 2022 Plan or other prior plans. No further awards will be issued
under the Company's 2022 Plan.
(4) U.S. non-highly compensated employees are eligible to contribute from 1% to 25% of their salary to a qualified tax
deferred savings plan as described in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") section of Note K, Employee
Benefit Plans, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. The Company contributes an amount
equal to one half of the employee contribution up to the first 7% of salary. There is a non-qualified tax deferred savings
plan for highly compensated salaried employees which mirrors certain qualified plan provisions, but was not
specifically approved by security holders. Eligible highly compensated salaried U.S. employees are eligible to
contribute from 1% to 50% of their salary to the non-qualified tax deferred savings plan. The same matching
arrangement was provided for highly compensated salaried employees in the non-qualified plan, to the extent the match
was not fully met in the qualified plan, except that the arrangement for these employees is outside of the ESOP, and is
52
not funded in advance of distributions. If the Company decides to make matching contributions for a year, it will make
contributions, in an amount determined at its discretion, that may constitute part or all of or more than the matching
contributions that would have been made pursuant to the provisions of the Stanley Black & Decker Supplemental
Retirement Account Plan that were in effect prior to 2019. For both qualified and non-qualified plans, the investment of
the employee’s contribution and the Company’s matching contribution is controlled by the employee and may include
an election to invest in Company stock. Shares of the Company’s common stock may be issued at the time of a
distribution from the qualified plan. The number of securities remaining available for issuance under the plans at
December 28, 2024 is not determinable, since the plans do not authorize a maximum number of securities.
53
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the information set forth
under the sections entitled “Corporate Governance” and “Related Person Transactions” of the Company’s definitive proxy
statement, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal
year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under
the section entitled “Fees of Independent Auditors” and “Corporate Governance” of the Company’s definitive proxy statement,
which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered
by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
(a) Index to documents filed as part of this report:
1. and 2. Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule.
The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report beginning with an index thereto on
page 55.
3. Exhibits
See Exhibit Index in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on page 112.
(b) See Exhibit Index in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on page 112.
(c) The response in this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K with an index
thereto beginning on page 55.
54
FORM 10-K
ITEM 15(a) (1) AND (2)
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is included in Item 15 (page 57).
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (page 58).
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 00042) — Financial Statement Opinion (page 59).
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Internal Control Opinion (page 61).
Consolidated Statements of Operations — fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31,
2022 (page 62).
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) — fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and
December 31, 2022 (page 63).
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 (page 64).
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31,
2022 (page 65).
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity — fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023,
and December 31, 2022 (page 67).
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (page 68).
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Exhibit 23).
All other schedules are omitted because either they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
55
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
56
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022
(Millions of Dollars)
ADDITIONS
Beginning
Balance
Charged To
Costs And
Expenses
Charged
To Other
Accounts (b)
(a)
Deductions
Ending
Balance
Allowance for Credit Losses:
Year Ended 2024 ................................................ $
76.6 $
22.2 $
9.0 $
(23.1) $
84.7
Year Ended 2023 ................................................ $
106.6 $
8.7 $
9.5 $
(48.2) $
76.6
Year Ended 2022 ................................................ $
95.9 $
14.3 $
16.9 $
(20.5) $
106.6
Tax Valuation Allowance:
Year Ended 2024 (c) .......................................... $
1,046.9 $
31.5 $
(1.0) $
(109.6) $
967.8
Year Ended 2023 ................................................ $
1,032.5 $
38.4 $
2.2 $
(26.2) $
1,046.9
Year Ended 2022 ................................................ $
1,067.2 $
21.2 $
(5.9) $
(50.0) $
1,032.5
(a) With respect to the allowance for credit losses, deductions represent amounts charged-off less recoveries of accounts
previously charged-off.
(b) Amounts represent the impact of foreign currency translation, acquisitions, divestitures and net transfers to/from other
accounts.
(c) Refer to Note P, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further discussion.
57
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control
over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 28, 2024. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 Framework).
Management concluded that based on its assessment, Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting
was effective as of December 28, 2024. Ernst & Young LLP, Registered Public Accounting Firm included in this annual report,
has issued an attestation report on the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, a copy of which appears on page 61.
/s/ Donald Allan, Jr.
Donald Allan, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Patrick Hallinan
Patrick Hallinan, Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
58
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareowners and the Board of Directors of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the Company) as of
December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss),
shareowners’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2024, and the related notes
and the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Company at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 28, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2024, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework), and our report dated February 18, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken
as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit
matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.
59
Centredale Site Environmental Accrual
Description of
the Matter
As described in Note R to the consolidated financial statements, the total environmental accrued liability as
of December 28, 2024 is $275.4 million, which includes the cost estimate for the Centredale Manor
Restoration Project Superfund Site (Centredale Site) in the amount of $161.8 million. The Company’s
accrued liability represents estimated future environmental remediation costs based on currently available
facts with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing technology, presently enacted
laws and regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites.
Auditing the Company’s environmental accrued liability related to the Centredale Site was challenging and
highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine the future remediation costs. The
Company’s methodology for estimating future remediation costs involves significant assumptions and
inputs, including projected material volumes and disposal costs.
How We
Addressed the
Matter in Our
Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over
the Company’s process to estimate the Centredale Site accrued liability. For example, we tested controls
over the Company’s evaluation process over third-party consultants and management’s review of the
estimates and key assumptions.
To test the estimated future remediation costs related to the Centredale Site, we performed audit procedures
that included, among others, testing the key assumptions discussed above. We compared these
assumptions to current industry and economic trends, and to actual historical costs related to remedial
efforts. We made various inquiries of internal and external counsel and evaluated external
communications, including those from the US Environmental Protection Agency, to evaluate the
Company’s remediation methodology. We used our internal environmental specialists to assist in our
evaluation of the methodology used and the significant assumptions and inputs used by the Company to
determine the estimated future remediation costs.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1932.
Hartford, Connecticut
February 18, 2025
60
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareowners and the Board of Directors of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2024, based on
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (the Company)
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2024, based on the
COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the related
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareowners’ equity and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 28, 2024, and the related notes and schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report
dated February 18, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of
the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
February 18, 2025
61
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022
(Millions of Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts)
2024
2023
2022
Net Sales ....................................................................................................................... $ 15,365.7 $ 15,781.1 $ 16,947.4
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales .................................................................................................................. $ 10,851.3 $ 11,848.5 $ 12,663.3
Selling, general and administrative ..............................................................................
3,310.5
3,282.0
3,355.7
Provision for credit losses .............................................................................................
22.2
8.7
14.3
Other, net ......................................................................................................................
448.8
320.1
274.8
Loss on sales of businesses ...........................................................................................
—
10.8
8.4
Restructuring charges ...................................................................................................
99.9
39.4
140.8
Asset impairment charges .............................................................................................
72.4
274.8
168.4
Interest income .............................................................................................................
(179.1)
(186.9)
(54.7)
Interest expense ............................................................................................................
498.6
559.4
338.5
$ 15,124.6 $ 16,156.8 $ 16,909.5
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes ................................
241.1
(375.7)
37.9
Income taxes on continuing operations ........................................................................
(45.2)
(94.0)
(132.4)
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations ...........................................................
286.3
(281.7)
170.3
Less: Net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests .........................................
—
—
0.2
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Stanley Black &
Decker, Inc. ................................................................................................................... $
286.3 $
(281.7) $
170.1
Less: Preferred stock dividends and beneficial conversion feature ..............................
—
—
5.8
Net Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to Common
Shareowners .................................................................................................................. $
286.3 $
(281.7) $
164.3
Add: Contract adjustment payments accretion .............................................................
—
—
1.2
Net Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to Common
Shareowners - Diluted .................................................................................................. $
286.3 $
(281.7) $
165.5
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes (including 2024
pre-tax gain on Security sale of $10.4 million, 2023 pre-tax loss on Security sale of
$14.3 million and 2022 pre-tax gain on Security sale of $1,197.4 million ) ................
10.4
(14.3)
1,210.9
Income taxes on discontinued operations (including 2024 income taxes of $2.4
million for gain on Security sale, 2023 income taxes of $14.5 million for loss on
Security sale and 2022 income taxes of $312.5 million for gain on Security sale) ......
2.4
14.5
318.5
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations ........................................................ $
8.0 $
(28.8) $
892.4
Net Earnings (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareowners - Diluted .................. $
294.3 $
(310.5) $
1,057.9
Net Earnings (Loss) Attributable to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. .............................. $
294.3 $
(310.5) $
1,062.5
Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock:........................................................
Continuing operations ......................................................................................... $
1.90 $
(1.88) $
1.11
Discontinued operations ...................................................................................... $
0.05 $
(0.19) $
6.02
Total basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock ................................ $
1.96 $
(2.07) $
7.13
Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock: ....................................................
Continuing operations ......................................................................................... $
1.89 $
(1.88) $
1.06
Discontinued operations ...................................................................................... $
0.05 $
(0.19) $
5.70
Total diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock ............................... $
1.95 $
(2.07) $
6.76
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
62
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Net Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to
Common Shareowners .............................................................................. $
286.3 $
(281.7) $
164.3
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations .....................................
8.0
(28.8)
892.4
$
294.3 $
(310.5) $
1,056.7
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Currency translation adjustment and other ...........................................
(337.9)
75.1
(364.4)
Gains on cash flow hedges, net of tax ...................................................
25.8
2.0
5.3
Gains (losses) on net investment hedges, net of tax .............................
13.5
(8.9)
2.0
Pension gains (losses), net of tax ..........................................................
46.8
(17.8)
83.2
Other comprehensive (loss) income .......................................................... $
(251.8) $
50.4 $
(273.9)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareowners ........ $
42.5 $
(260.1) $
782.8
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
63
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023
(Millions of Dollars, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)
2024
2023
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................................................... $
290.5
$
449.4
Accounts and notes receivable, net ..........................................................................................................
1,153.7
1,302.0
Inventories, net .........................................................................................................................................
4,536.4
4,738.6
Current assets held for sale ......................................................................................................................
—
140.8
Prepaid expenses ......................................................................................................................................
347.1
360.5
Other current assets ..................................................................................................................................
50.0
26.0
Total Current Assets ..............................................................................................................................
6,377.7
7,017.3
Property, plant and equipment, net ..........................................................................................................
2,034.3
2,169.9
Goodwill ..................................................................................................................................................
7,905.5
7,995.9
Customer relationships, net ......................................................................................................................
1,293.4
1,445.7
Trade names, net ......................................................................................................................................
2,435.5
2,499.3
Other intangible assets, net ......................................................................................................................
2.0
4.6
Long-term assets held for sale .................................................................................................................
—
716.8
Other assets ..............................................................................................................................................
1,800.5
1,814.3
Total Assets ............................................................................................................................................. $
21,848.9
$
23,663.8
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Short-term borrowings ............................................................................................................................. $
—
$
1,074.8
Current maturities of long-term debt .......................................................................................................
500.4
1.1
Accounts payable .....................................................................................................................................
2,437.2
2,298.9
Accrued expenses ....................................................................................................................................
1,979.3
2,464.3
Current liabilities held for sale .................................................................................................................
—
44.1
Total Current Liabilities .......................................................................................................................
4,916.9
5,883.2
Long-term debt ........................................................................................................................................
5,602.6
6,101.0
Deferred taxes ..........................................................................................................................................
165.3
333.2
Post-retirement benefits ...........................................................................................................................
325.9
378.4
Long-term liabilities held for sale ............................................................................................................
—
84.8
Other liabilities ........................................................................................................................................
2,118.3
1,827.1
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes Q and R)
Shareowners’ Equity
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Shareowners’ Equity
Common stock, par value $2.50 per share:
Authorized 300,000,000 shares in 2024 and 2023
Issued 176,902,738 shares in 2024 and 2023 ..........................................................................................
442.3
442.3
Retained earnings .....................................................................................................................................
8,343.3
8,540.2
Additional paid in capital .........................................................................................................................
5,071.3
5,059.0
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ..................................................................................................
(2,320.9)
(2,069.1)
11,536.0
11,972.4
Less: cost of common stock in treasury (22,529,805 shares in 2024 and 23,282,650 shares in 2023) ...
(2,816.1)
(2,916.3)
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Shareowners’ Equity ...........................................................................
8,719.9
9,056.1
Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity .......................................................................................... $
21,848.9
$
23,663.8
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
64
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Operating Activities:
Net earnings (loss) .............................................................................................................................. $
294.3
$
(310.5) $
1,062.7
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment .............................................
426.3
432.4
369.7
Amortization of intangibles .......................................................................................................
163.2
192.7
202.5
Inventory step-up amortization .................................................................................................
—
—
80.3
Loss on sales of businesses .......................................................................................................
—
10.8
8.4
(Gain) loss on sale of discontinued operations ..........................................................................
(10.4)
14.3
(1,197.4)
Asset impairment charges .........................................................................................................
72.4
274.8
168.4
Stock-based compensation expense ..........................................................................................
105.4
83.8
90.7
Provision for credit losses .........................................................................................................
22.2
8.7
30.0
Deferred tax benefit ...................................................................................................................
(227.2)
(424.3)
(271.7)
Other non-cash items .................................................................................................................
186.3
154.5
72.1
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable ..................................................................................................................
58.2
(117.0)
109.0
Inventories .................................................................................................................................
93.0
906.6
(792.4)
Accounts payable ......................................................................................................................
173.3
(23.0)
(991.4)
Deferred revenue .......................................................................................................................
(3.0)
2.4
(29.9)
Other current assets ...................................................................................................................
7.1
115.6
15.6
Other long-term assets ...............................................................................................................
(49.7)
(175.7)
(351.3)
Accrued expenses ......................................................................................................................
(230.5)
(25.6)
(176.3)
Defined benefit liabilities ..........................................................................................................
(40.9)
(42.2)
(31.9)
Other long-term liabilities .........................................................................................................
66.9
113.0
173.4
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ...........................................................................
1,106.9
1,191.3
(1,459.5)
Investing Activities:
Capital and software expenditures .....................................................................................................
(353.9)
(338.7)
(530.4)
Sales of assets .....................................................................................................................................
14.8
15.1
41.7
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired .......................................................................................
—
—
(71.9)
Sales of businesses, net of cash sold ..................................................................................................
735.6
(5.7)
4,147.1
Net investment hedge settlements ......................................................................................................
—
—
10.6
Other ...................................................................................................................................................
(2.3)
1.6
(24.5)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ............................................................................
394.2
(327.7)
3,572.6
Financing Activities:
Proceeds from debt issuances, net of fees ..........................................................................................
—
745.3
992.6
Net short-term commercial paper repayments ...................................................................................
(1,056.9)
(1,044.7)
(138.1)
Stock purchase contract fees ..............................................................................................................
—
—
(39.4)
Credit facility borrowings ..................................................................................................................
—
—
2,500.0
Credit facility repayments ..................................................................................................................
—
—
(2,500.0)
Purchases of common stock for treasury ............................................................................................
(17.7)
(16.1)
(2,323.0)
Proceeds from issuance of remarketed preferred stock ......................................................................
—
—
750.0
Redemption and conversion of preferred stock ..................................................................................
—
—
(750.0)
Proceeds from issuances of common stock ........................................................................................
24.8
19.0
38.7
Craftsman contingent consideration payments ..................................................................................
—
(18.0)
(41.3)
Termination of interest rate swaps .....................................................................................................
—
—
22.7
Cash dividends on common stock ......................................................................................................
(491.2)
(482.6)
(465.8)
Cash dividends on preferred stock .....................................................................................................
—
—
(5.8)
Other ...................................................................................................................................................
(15.7)
(18.9)
(11.7)
Net cash used in financing activities ..................................................................................................
(1,556.7)
(816.0)
(1,971.1)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................
(106.2)
2.1
(31.9)
Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash ...................................................................
(161.8)
49.7
110.1
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year ....................................................
454.6
404.9
294.8
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year ............................................................... $
292.8
$
454.6
$
404.9
65
The following table provides a reconciliation of the cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of December 28, 2024
and December 30, 2023, as shown above:
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................................................................................. $
290.5
$
449.4
Restricted cash included in Other current assets ................................................................................
2.3
4.6
Cash and cash equivalents included in Current assets held for sale ...................................................
—
0.6
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash .................................................................................... $
292.8
$
454.6
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
66
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity
Fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022
(Millions of Dollars, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)
Preferred
Stock
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Treasury
Stock
Non-
Controlling
Interests
Shareowners’
Equity
Balance January 1, 2022 .................................................... $
620.3
$
442.3
$ 4,999.2
$ 8,742.4
$
(1,845.6) $ (1,368.1) $
1.9
$
11,592.4
Net earnings ..........................................................................
1,062.5
0.2
1,062.7
Other comprehensive loss ....................................................
(273.9)
(273.9)
Cash dividends declared — $3.18 per common share .........
(465.8)
(465.8)
Cash dividends declared — $75.00 per annum per
preferred share ......................................................................
(5.8)
(5.8)
Issuance of common stock (988,474 shares) ........................
(76.9)
115.6
38.7
Repurchase of common stock (16,057,220 shares) ..............
(2,323.0)
(2,323.0)
Conversion of original Series D Preferred stock (4,723,500
shares) ...................................................................................
(620.3)
42.6
575.9
(1.8)
Issuance of Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock (750,000
shares) ...................................................................................
750.0
750.0
Redemption of Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock
(750,000 shares) ...................................................................
(750.0)
(750.0)
Stock-based compensation related .......................................
90.7
90.7
Balance December 31, 2022 ............................................... $
—
$
442.3
$ 5,055.6
$ 9,333.3
$
(2,119.5) $ (2,999.6) $
2.1
$
9,714.2
Net loss .................................................................................
(310.5)
(310.5)
Other comprehensive income ...............................................
50.4
50.4
Cash dividends declared — $3.22 per common share .........
(482.6)
(482.6)
Issuance of common stock (817,110 shares) ........................
(80.4)
99.4
19.0
Repurchase of common stock (180,552 shares) ...................
(16.1)
(16.1)
Non-controlling interest liquidation
(2.1)
(2.1)
Stock-based compensation related .......................................
83.8
83.8
Balance December 30, 2023 ............................................... $
—
$
442.3
$ 5,059.0
$ 8,540.2
$
(2,069.1) $ (2,916.3) $
—
$
9,056.1
Net earnings ..........................................................................
294.3
294.3
Other comprehensive loss ....................................................
(251.8)
(251.8)
Cash dividends declared — $3.26 per common share .........
(491.2)
(491.2)
Issuance of common stock (960,437 shares) ........................
(93.1)
117.9
24.8
Repurchase of common stock (207,592 shares) ...................
(17.7)
(17.7)
Stock-based compensation related .......................................
105.4
105.4
Balance December 28, 2024 ............................................... $
—
$
442.3
$ 5,071.3
$ 8,343.3
$
(2,320.9) $ (2,816.1) $
—
$
8,719.9
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
67
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Stanley Black & Decker,
Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) which require consolidation, after the elimination of
intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31. There were
52 weeks in fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022.
On April 1, 2024, the Company completed the sale of its Infrastructure business. As of December 30, 2023, the assets and
liabilities related to the Infrastructure business were classified as held for sale on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet.
This divestiture did not qualify for discontinued operations, and therefore, the results of the Infrastructure business were
included in the Company's continuing operations for all periods presented through the date of sale.
On August 19, 2022, the Company completed the sale of its Oil & Gas business. This divestiture did not qualify for
discontinued operations, and therefore, the results of the Oil & Gas business were included in the Company's continuing
operations through the date of sale.
On July 22, 2022, the Company completed the sale of its Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") business comprised of the
commercial electronic security and healthcare businesses. On July 5, 2022, the Company completed the sale of its Mechanical
Access Solutions ("MAS") business, the automatic doors business. The CSS and MAS divestitures represented a single plan to
exit the Security segment and were considered a strategic shift that had a major effect on the Company’s operations and
financial results. As a result, the operating results of CSS and MAS were reported as discontinued operations in the
consolidated financial statements through their respective dates of sale.
The divestitures above are part of the Company's strategic commitment to simplify and streamline its portfolio to focus on the
core Tools & Outdoor and Industrial businesses. Refer to Note S, Divestitures, for further discussion on these transactions.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements.
While management believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are
appropriate, actual results could differ from these estimates. Certain amounts reported in previous years have been reclassified
to conform to the 2024 presentation.
FOREIGN CURRENCY — For foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability
accounts are translated at current exchange rates, while income and expenses are translated using average exchange rates.
Translation adjustments are reported in a separate component of shareowners’ equity and exchange gains and losses on
transactions are included in earnings.
CASH EQUIVALENTS — Highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash
equivalents.
ACCOUNTS AND FINANCING RECEIVABLE — Trade receivables are stated at gross invoice amounts less discounts,
other allowances and provisions for credit losses. Financing receivables are initially recorded at fair value, less impairments or
provisions for credit losses. Interest income earned from financing receivables that are not delinquent is recorded on the
effective interest method. The Company considers any financing receivable that has not been collected within 90 days of
original billing date as past-due or delinquent. The Company's payment terms are generally consistent with the industries in
which its businesses operate and typically range from 30-90 days globally. Additionally, the Company considers the credit
quality of all past-due or delinquent financing receivables as nonperforming. The Company does not adjust the promised
amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component when the period between transfer of the product
and receipt of payment is less than one year. Any significant financing components for contracts greater than one year are
included in revenue over time.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses, which represents an
estimate of expected losses over the remaining contractual life of its receivables. The allowance is determined using two
methods. The amounts calculated from each of these methods are combined to determine the total amount reserved. First, a
specific reserve is established for individual accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet
financial obligations. Second, a reserve is determined for all customers based on a range of percentages applied to aging
68
categories. These percentages are based on historical collection rates, write-off experience, and forecasts of future economic
conditions. Actual write-offs are charged against the allowance when collection efforts have been unsuccessful.
INVENTORIES — U.S. inventories are primarily valued at the lower of Last-In, First-Out (“LIFO”) cost or market because
the Company believes it results in better matching of costs and revenues. Other inventories are primarily valued at the lower of
First-In, First-Out (“FIFO”) cost and net realizable value because LIFO is not permitted for statutory reporting outside the U.S.
Refer to Note C, Inventories, Net, for a quantification of the LIFO impact on inventory valuation.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT — The Company generally values property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”),
including capitalized software, at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs related to maintenance
and repairs which do not prolong the asset's useful life are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are provided
using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Useful Life
(Years)
Land improvements ....................................................................................................................................
10 — 20
Buildings .....................................................................................................................................................
40
Machinery and equipment ..........................................................................................................................
3 — 15
Computer software .....................................................................................................................................
3 — 7
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the term of the lease.
The Company reports depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment in cost of sales and selling, general and
administrative expenses based on the nature of the underlying assets. Depreciation and amortization related to the production of
inventory and delivery of services are recorded in cost of sales. Depreciation and amortization related to distribution center
activities, selling and support functions are reported in selling, general and administrative expenses.
The Company assesses its long-lived assets for impairment when indicators that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable
are present. In assessing long-lived assets for impairment, the Company groups its long-lived assets with other assets and
liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are generated (“asset group”) and estimates the undiscounted
future cash flows that are directly associated with, and expected to be generated from, the use of and eventual disposition of the
asset group. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss must be determined and the
asset group is written down to fair value. The impairment loss is quantified by comparing the carrying amount of the asset
group to the estimated fair value, which is generally determined using weighted-average discounted cash flows that consider
various possible outcomes for the disposition of the asset group.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Goodwill represents costs in excess of values assigned to the underlying net
assets of acquired businesses. Intangible assets acquired are recorded at estimated fair value. Goodwill and intangible assets
deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually during the third quarter, and at any
time when events suggest an impairment more likely than not has occurred.
To assess goodwill for impairment, the Company, depending on relevant facts and circumstances, performs either a qualitative
assessment or a quantitative analysis utilizing a discounted cash flow valuation model. In performing a qualitative assessment,
the Company first assesses relevant factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit
is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment
test. The Company identifies and considers the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that could affect
the fair value of each reporting unit. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market
conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial performance. The Company also considers
changes in each reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount since the most recent date a fair value measurement was
performed. In performing a quantitative analysis, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit using
management’s assumptions about future cash flows based on long-range strategic plans. This approach incorporates many
assumptions including discount rates, future growth rates and expected profitability. In the event the carrying amount of a
reporting unit exceeded its fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a quantitative analysis.
For a qualitative assessment, the Company identifies and considers relevant key factors, events, and circumstances to determine
whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. The key factors considered include macroeconomic, industry,
and market conditions, as well as the asset's actual and forecasted results. For the quantitative impairment tests, the Company
compares the carrying amounts to the current fair market values, usually determined by the estimated royalty savings
attributable to owning the intangible assets.
69
Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to reflect the pattern over which the
economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed. Definite-lived intangible assets are also evaluated for impairment
when impairment indicators are present. If the carrying amount exceeds the total undiscounted future cash flows, a discounted
cash flow analysis is performed to determine the fair value of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset was to exceed the
fair value, it would be written down to fair value.
Refer to Note E, Goodwill And Intangible Assets, for further discussion of the intangible asset impacts relating to the 2024
impairment charge for the Lenox trade name and the 2023 impairment charge for the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names. Refer to
Note S, Divestitures, for further discussion of the 2024 and 2023 goodwill impairment charges related to the Infrastructure
business.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — Derivative financial instruments are employed to manage risks, including foreign currency,
interest rate exposures and commodity prices and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. As part of the Company’s
risk management program, a variety of financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, currency swaps, purchased currency
options, foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts, may be used to mitigate interest rate exposure, foreign currency
exposure and commodity price exposure. The Company recognizes all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized periodically either in earnings or in shareowners’ equity as a component
of other comprehensive income (loss) ("OCI"), depending on whether the derivative financial instrument is undesignated or
qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it represents a fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedge. Changes in the
fair value of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in earnings in the same caption as the changes in the
fair value of the hedged items. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are included in
the assessment of effectiveness, are recorded in OCI and subsequently reclassified to earnings to offset the impact of the hedged
items when they occur. In the event it becomes probable the forecasted transaction to which a cash flow hedge relates will not
occur, the derivative would be terminated and the amount in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) would be
recognized in earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as a hedge of the net investment
in foreign operations, to the extent they are included in the assessment of effectiveness, are reported in OCI and are deferred
until disposal of the underlying assets. Gains and losses representing components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness
for cash flow and fair value hedges are recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis in the same caption as the hedged item
over the term of the hedge. Gains and losses representing components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness for net
investment hedges are recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis in Other, net over the term of the hedge.
The net interest paid or received on interest rate swaps is recognized as interest expense. Gains and losses resulting from the
early termination of interest rate swap agreements are deferred and amortized as adjustments to interest expense over the
remaining period of the debt originally covered by the terminated swap.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedges are reported in Other, net in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Refer to Note H, Financial Instruments, for further discussion.
REVENUE RECOGNITION — The Company’s revenues result from the sale of goods or services and reflect the
consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. The Company records revenue based on a five-step model in
accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"). For its
contracts with customers, the Company identifies the performance obligations (goods or services), determines the transaction
price, allocates the contract transaction price to the performance obligations, and recognizes the revenue when (or as) the
performance obligation is transferred to the customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control
of that good or service. The majority of the Company’s revenues are recorded at a point in time from the sale of tangible
products.
Provisions for customer volume rebates, product returns, discounts and allowances are variable consideration and are recorded
as a reduction of revenue in the same period the related sales are recorded. Such provisions are calculated using historical
averages adjusted for any expected changes due to current business conditions. Consideration given to customers for
cooperative advertising is recognized as a reduction of revenue except to the extent that there is a distinct good or service and
evidence of the fair value of the advertising, in which case the expense is classified as selling, general, and administrative
expense.
The Company’s revenues can be generated from contracts with multiple performance obligations. When a contract involves
multiple performance obligations, each obligation is separately identified and the transaction price is allocated based on the
amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring the promised good or service to the
customer.
70
For performance obligations that the Company satisfies over time, revenue is recognized by consistently applying a method of
measuring progress toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. The Company utilizes the method that most
accurately depicts the progress toward completion of the performance obligation.
Contract assets or liabilities result from transactions with revenue recorded over time. If the measure of remaining rights
exceeds the measure of the remaining performance obligations, the Company records a contract asset. Conversely, if the
measure of the remaining performance obligations exceeds the measure of the remaining rights, the Company records a contract
liability.
Incremental costs of obtaining or fulfilling a contract with a customer that are expected to be recovered are recognized and
classified in Other current assets or Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are typically amortized over the
contract period. The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining or fulfilling a contract as expense when incurred if
the amortization period of the asset is one year or less.
Customer billings for services not yet rendered are deferred and recognized as revenue as the services are rendered. The
associated deferred revenue is included in Accrued expenses or Other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Refer to Note B, Accounts and Notes Receivable, Net, for further discussion.
COST OF SALES AND SELLING, GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE — Cost of sales includes the cost of products and
services provided, reflecting costs of manufacturing and preparing the product for sale. These costs include expenses to acquire
and manufacture products to the point that they are allocable to be sold to customers and costs to perform services pertaining to
service revenues. Cost of sales is primarily comprised of freight, direct materials, direct labor as well as overhead which
includes indirect labor and facility and equipment costs. Cost of sales also includes quality control, procurement and material
receiving costs as well as internal transfer costs. Selling, general & administrative costs ("SG&A") include the cost of selling
products as well as administrative function costs. These expenses generally represent the cost of selling and distributing the
products once they are available for sale and primarily include salaries and commissions of the Company’s sales force,
distribution costs, notably salaries and facility costs, as well as administrative expenses for certain support functions and related
overhead.
ADVERTISING COSTS — Television advertising is expensed the first time the advertisement airs, whereas other advertising
is expensed as incurred. Advertising costs are classified in SG&A and amounted to $109.6 million in 2024, $110.5 million in
2023 and $118.9 million in 2022. Expense pertaining to cooperative advertising with customers reported as a reduction of Net
Sales was $335.4 million in 2024, $325.1 million in 2023 and $358.1 million in 2022. Cooperative advertising with customers
classified as SG&A expense amounted to $21.4 million in 2024, $27.8 million in 2023 and $31.8 million in 2022.
SALES TAXES — Sales and value added taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are
excluded from Net Sales reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
SHIPPING AND HANDLING COSTS — The Company generally does not bill customers for freight. Shipping and handling
costs associated with inbound and outbound freight are reported in Cost of sales. Other distribution costs, primarily relating to
salary and facility costs, are classified in SG&A and amounted to $534.4 million, $521.7 million and $498.7 million in 2024,
2023 and 2022, respectively.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION — Compensation cost relating to stock-based compensation grants is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally three or four years. The expense for stock options and restricted
stock units awarded to retirement-eligible employees is recognized on the grant date, or (if later) by the date they become
retirement-eligible. Retirement eligible is defined as those (i) age 55 and with 10 years of service for awards granted before
February 14, 2023, and (ii) the earlier of age 55 and with 10 years of service or age 65 and with 1 year of service for awards
granted thereafter.
POSTRETIREMENT DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS — The Company uses the corridor approach to determine expense
recognition for each defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan. The corridor approach defers actuarial gains and
losses resulting from variances between actual and expected results (based on economic estimates or actuarial assumptions) and
amortizes them over future periods. For pension plans, these unrecognized gains and losses are amortized when the net gains
and losses exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation at the
beginning of the year. For other postretirement benefits, amortization occurs when the net gains and losses exceed 10% of the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the beginning of the year. For ongoing, active plans, the amount in excess of
71
the corridor is amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period for active plan participants. For
plans with primarily inactive participants, the amount in excess of the corridor is amortized on a straight-line basis over the
average remaining life expectancy of inactive plan participants.
The Company measures defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the end of the calendar month closest to its fiscal year
end as the alternative measurement date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting
Standards Update ("ASU") 2015-04, Compensation Retirement Benefit (Topic 715): Practical Expedient for the Measurement
Date of an Employer’s Defined Benefit Obligation and Plan Asset.
INCOME TAXES — The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC
740, Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been included in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Any changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the tax on global intangible low-
taxed income as a period expense in the period the tax is incurred.
The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In
making this determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of
existing temporary differences, estimates of future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and the realizability of net operating
loss carryforwards. In the event that it is determined that an asset is not more likely than not to be realized, a valuation
allowance is recorded against the asset. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes to tax
laws, changes to statutory tax rates and future taxable income levels. In the event the Company were to determine that it would
not be able to realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, the unrealizable amount would be charged to
earnings in the period in which that determination is made. Conversely, if the Company were to determine that it would be able
to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net carrying amounts, it would decrease the recorded valuation
allowance through a favorable adjustment to earnings in the period that the determination was made. The Company records
uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which requires a two-step process. First, management determines whether
it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and second, for those
tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of the tax benefit that is
greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related taxing authority. The Company maintains
an accounting policy of recording interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of Income taxes on
continuing operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company is subject to income tax in a number of locations, including U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions.
Significant judgment is required when calculating the worldwide provision for income taxes. Many factors are considered when
evaluating and estimating the Company's tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and which
may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with
respect to certain of the Company's unrecognized tax positions will significantly increase or decrease within the next
twelve months. These changes may be the result of settlements of ongoing audits, litigation, or other proceedings with taxing
authorities. The Company periodically assesses its liabilities and contingencies for all tax years still subject to audit based on
the most current available information, which involves inherent uncertainty.
Refer to Note P, Income Taxes, for further discussion.
EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share equals net earnings attributable to common shareowners divided by
weighted-average shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share include the impact of common stock
equivalents using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method, as applicable, when the effect is dilutive.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED — In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value
Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The standard
clarifies that a contractual restriction on the sale of an equity security should not be considered in measuring the fair value of
the security. The new standard also requires certain disclosures related to equity securities with contractual sale restrictions. The
ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The
Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2024 and it did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial
statements.
In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of
Supplier Finance Program Obligations. The standard requires that a buyer in a supplier finance program disclose sufficient
information about the key terms of the program, the amount of outstanding confirmed obligations at period end, where the
72
obligations are presented in the balance sheet, and a rollforward of the obligations during the annual period. The ASU is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, except for the
amendment on rollforward information, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. The amendments
in this update should be applied retrospectively to all periods in which a balance sheet is presented, except for the rollforward
requirement, which is applied prospectively. The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2023, with the exception
of the amendment on rollforward information which was adopted in fiscal year 2024. Refer to Note Q, Commitments and
Guarantees, for further discussion.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment
Disclosures. The new standard provides improvements to reportable segment disclosure requirements through amendments that
require disclosure of significant segment expenses and other segment items on an interim and annual basis and requires all
annual disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets to be made on an interim basis. The standard also
requires the disclosure of the chief operating decision maker’s (“CODM”) title and position and an explanation of how the
CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate
resources. The standard also clarifies that if the CODM uses more than one measure in assessing segment performance and
deciding how to allocate resources, a company may report the additional segment profit or loss measure(s) and that companies
with a single reportable segment must provide all disclosures required by this amendment. The ASU is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The standard
should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company adopted this standard
in fiscal year 2024. Refer to Note O, Business Segments and Geographic Areas, for further discussion.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET ADOPTED — In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU
2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The new standard was issued to improve
transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures by providing information that helps investors better understand
how an entity’s operations, tax risks, tax planning and operational opportunities affect its tax rate and prospects for future cash
flows. The amendments in this update primarily relate to requiring greater disaggregated disclosure of information in the rate
reconciliation, income taxes paid, income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit), and income
tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, and
early adoption is permitted. The standard can be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating
this guidance to determine the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense
Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The amendments in this update
require disclosure and further disaggregation, in the notes to financial statements, of specified information about certain costs
and expenses. The required disclosures include the amounts of purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation,
intangible asset amortization, and depreciation, depletion, and amortization recognized as part of oil and gas producing
activities included in each relevant expense caption. Additionally, further disclosures are required for certain amounts already
required to be disclosed under current GAAP, a qualitative description of amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that
are not separately disaggregated quantitatively, and the total amount of selling expenses, and on an annual basis, the definition
of selling expenses. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods beginning
after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The standard can be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The
Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
B. ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE, NET
(Millions of Dollars)
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Trade accounts receivable ........................................................................................................ $
950.4 $
1,057.8
Notes receivable .......................................................................................................................
65.9
66.9
Other accounts receivable ........................................................................................................
222.1
253.9
Accounts and notes receivable .................................................................................................
1,238.4
1,378.6
Allowance for credit losses ......................................................................................................
(84.7)
(76.6)
Accounts and notes receivable, net .......................................................................................... $
1,153.7 $
1,302.0
Trade receivables are dispersed among a large number of retailers, distributors and industrial accounts in many countries.
Adequate reserves have been established to cover anticipated credit losses.
73
The changes in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
Balance beginning of period .......................................................................................
$
76.6
$
106.6
Charged to costs and expenses ....................................................................................
22.2
8.7
Other, including recoveries and deductions (a) ..........................................................
(14.1)
(38.7)
Balance end of period .................................................................................................
$
84.7
$
76.6
(a) Amounts represent charge-offs less recoveries, the impacts of foreign currency translation, divestitures and net transfers to/from other accounts.
The Company has an accounts receivable sale program. According to the terms, the Company sells certain of its trade accounts
receivables at fair value to a wholly owned, consolidated, bankruptcy-remote special purpose subsidiary (“BRS"). The BRS, in
turn, can sell such receivables to a third-party financial institution (“Purchaser”) for cash. The Purchaser’s maximum cash
investment in the receivables at any time is $110.0 million. The purpose of the program is to provide liquidity to the Company.
These transfers qualify as sales under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, and receivables are derecognized from the Company’s
Consolidated Balance Sheets when the BRS sells those receivables to the Purchaser. The Company has no retained interests in
the transferred receivables, other than collection and administrative responsibilities. At December 28, 2024, the Company did
not record a servicing asset or liability related to its retained responsibility based on its assessment of the servicing fee, market
values for similar transactions and its cost of servicing the receivables sold.
At December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, net receivables of approximately $95.1 million and $110.0 million,
respectively, were derecognized. Proceeds from transfers of receivables to the Purchaser totaled $402.3 million and
$455.7 million for the years ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, respectively, and payments to the Purchaser
totaled $417.2 million and $455.7 million, respectively. The program resulted in a pre-tax loss of $5.4 million for each of the
years ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023. All cash flows under the program are reported as a component of
changes in accounts receivable within operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows since all the cash from
the Purchaser is received upon the initial sale of the receivable.
As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company's deferred revenue totaled $101.6 million and $116.8 million,
respectively, of which $31.3 million and $31.7 million, respectively, was classified as current. Revenue recognized for the years
ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 that was previously deferred as of December 30, 2023 and December 31,
2022 totaled $28.6 million and $27.3 million, respectively.
C. INVENTORIES, NET
(Millions of Dollars)
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Finished products .................................................................................................................... $
2,943.5 $
2,912.5
Work in process ......................................................................................................................
346.3
263.4
Raw materials .........................................................................................................................
1,246.6
1,562.7
Total ........................................................................................................................................ $
4,536.4 $
4,738.6
Net inventories in the amount of $2.7 billion at December 28, 2024 and $2.8 billion at December 30, 2023 were valued at the
lower of LIFO cost or market. If the LIFO method had not been used, inventories would have been higher than reported by
$197.2 million at December 28, 2024 and $256.1 million at December 30, 2023.
D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
74
(Millions of Dollars)
December 28,
2024
December 30,
2023
Land .......................................................................................................................................... $
132.0 $
135.1
Land improvements ..................................................................................................................
55.2
55.0
Buildings ..................................................................................................................................
805.1
808.6
Leasehold improvements ..........................................................................................................
205.0
180.9
Machinery and equipment ........................................................................................................
3,402.1
3,391.2
Computer software ...................................................................................................................
529.6
510.4
Property, plant & equipment, gross .......................................................................................... $
5,129.0 $
5,081.2
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization ....................................................................
(3,094.7)
(2,911.3)
Property, plant & equipment, net ............................................................................................. $
2,034.3 $
2,169.9
E. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
GOODWILL — The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Tools &
Outdoor
Industrial
Total
Balance December 31, 2022 ...................................................................................... $
5,939.7 $
2,563.0
$
8,502.7
Reclassification to assets held for sale .........................................................................
—
(540.5)
(540.5)
Foreign currency translation and other ........................................................................
36.6
(2.9)
33.7
Balance December 30, 2023 ...................................................................................... $
5,976.3 $
2,019.6
$
7,995.9
Foreign currency translation and other ........................................................................
(67.1)
(23.3)
(90.4)
Balance December 28, 2024 ...................................................................................... $
5,909.2 $
1,996.3
$
7,905.5
Goodwill totaling $540.5 million relating to the Infrastructure business was reclassified to assets held for sale as of December
30, 2023. The Infrastructure goodwill amount was included in the determination of the impairment charge recorded in the
fourth quarter of 2023 and the first quarter of 2024 to adjust the carrying amount of Infrastructure’s long-lived assets to its
estimated fair value less selling costs prior to the sale of the business in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note S,
Divestitures, for further discussion.
As required by the Company's policy, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing in the third quarter of
2024. The Company assessed the fair values of its two reporting units utilizing a discounted cash flow valuation model. The key
assumptions used were discount rates and perpetual growth rates applied to cash flow projections. Also inherent in the
discounted cash flow valuations were near-term revenue growth rates over the next six years. These assumptions contemplated
business, market and overall economic conditions. Based on the results of the annual impairment testing performed in the third
quarter of 2024, the Company determined that the fair values of each of its reporting units exceeded their respective carrying
amounts.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Definite-lived intangible assets at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 were as follows:
2024
2023
(Millions of Dollars)
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Amortized Intangible Assets — Definite-lived
Patents and copyrights ............................................ $
25.3 $
(25.2) $
26.2 $
(26.1)
Trade names ............................................................
222.0
(134.0)
223.6
(120.7)
Customer relationships ...........................................
2,550.7
(1,257.3)
2,578.4
(1,132.7)
Other intangible assets ............................................
129.8
(127.9)
130.2
(125.7)
Total ............................................................................... $
2,927.8 $
(1,544.4) $
2,958.4 $
(1,405.2)
Net intangibles totaling $214.3 million were reclassified to assets held for sale as of December 30, 2023 related to the
divestiture of the Infrastructure business.
75
Indefinite-lived trade names totaled $2.348 billion at December 28, 2024 and $2.396 billion at December 30, 2023. The year-
over-year change is primarily due to a $41.0 million pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge, as discussed below, as well as
currency fluctuations.
As required by the Company’s policy, the Company tested its indefinite-lived trade names for impairment during the third
quarter of 2024 utilizing a discounted cash flow model. The key assumptions used included discount rates, royalty rates, and
perpetual growth rates applied to the projected sales. With the exception of the Lenox trade name discussed below, the
Company determined that the fair values of its indefinite-lived trade names exceeded their respective carrying amounts.
During 2024, the Company continued its brand prioritization and investment strategy for its major brands, while leveraging
certain of its specialty brands in a more focused manner. As a result of these ongoing brand prioritization efforts, the Company
recognized a $41.0 million pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge related to the Lenox trade name in the third quarter of 2024.
Subsequent to this impairment charge, the carrying value of the Lenox trade name totaled $115.0 million. During the third
quarter of 2023, the Company recognized a $124.0 million pre-tax, non-cash impairment charge related to the Irwin and Troy-
Bilt trade names. Subsequent to this impairment charge, the carrying value of the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names totaled
$113.0 million. The Company intends to continue utilizing these trade names indefinitely, which represented approximately 6%
of 2024 net sales for the Tools & Outdoor segment.
Intangible assets amortization expense by segment was as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Tools & Outdoor ..................................................................................... $
101.6 $
103.1 $
108.1
Industrial .................................................................................................
61.6
89.6
94.4
Consolidated ........................................................................................... $
163.2 $
192.7 $
202.5
Future amortization expense in each of the next five years amounts to $148.4 million for 2025, $140.8 million for 2026, $133.6
million for 2027, $130.2 million for 2028, $129.0 million for 2029 and $701.4 million thereafter.
F. ACCRUED EXPENSES
(Millions of Dollars)
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
Payroll and related taxes ............................................................................................... $
329.8 $
318.3
Income and other taxes .................................................................................................
231.1
288.5
Customer rebates and sales returns ..............................................................................
353.2
411.2
Insurance and benefits ..................................................................................................
75.3
71.8
Restructuring costs .......................................................................................................
34.7
28.9
Derivative financial instruments ..................................................................................
11.8
17.9
Warranty costs ..............................................................................................................
113.7
109.5
Deferred revenue ..........................................................................................................
31.3
31.7
Freight costs .................................................................................................................
139.6
107.1
Environmental costs .....................................................................................................
51.4
46.0
Current lease liability ...................................................................................................
126.6
127.7
Forward stock purchase contract ..................................................................................
—
337.4
Accrued interest ............................................................................................................
71.6
64.0
Other .............................................................................................................................
409.2
504.3
Total ............................................................................................................................. $
1,979.3 $
2,464.3
G. LONG-TERM DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
76
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
(Millions of Dollars)
Interest Rate
Notional Value
Carrying Value1
Carrying Value1
Notes payable due 2025 .................................
2.30%
$
500.0 $
499.9
$
498.7
Notes payable due 2026 .................................
3.40%
500.0
499.4
498.9
Notes payable due 2026 .................................
6.27%
350.0
349.3
348.6
Notes payable due 2026 .................................
3.42%
25.0
25.7
26.0
Notes payable due 2026 .................................
1.84%
26.1
26.7
28.5
Notes payable due 2028 .................................
6.00%
400.0
398.0
397.5
Notes payable due 2028 .................................
7.05%
150.0
157.5
159.7
Notes payable due 2028 .................................
4.25%
500.0
498.3
497.7
Notes payable due 2028 .................................
3.52%
50.0
52.4
53.1
Notes payable due 2030 .................................
2.30%
750.0
746.2
745.3
Notes payable due 2032 .................................
3.00%
500.0
496.6
496.3
Notes payable due 2040 .................................
5.20%
400.0
374.5
372.9
Notes payable due 2048 .................................
4.85%
500.0
495.2
495.0
Notes payable due 2050 .................................
2.75%
750.0
741.0
740.7
Notes payable due 2060 (junior
subordinated) ..................................................
4.00%
750.0
741.6
741.4
Other, payable in varying amounts 2025
through 2026 ..................................................
4.23%-4.31%
0.7
0.7
1.8
Total long-term debt, including current
maturities ........................................................
$
6,151.8 $
6,103.0
$
6,102.1
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt ...
(500.4)
(1.1)
Long-term debt ...............................................
$
5,602.6
$
6,101.0
1 Carrying values are net of unamortized discounts, deferred issuance costs, unamortized terminated swaps and purchase accounting fair value adjustments.
As of December 28, 2024, the total aggregate annual principal maturities of long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter
are as follows: $500.4 million in 2025, $901.4 million in 2026, $1,100.0 million in 2028, and $3,650.0 million beyond 2029.
These maturities represent the principal amounts to be paid and accordingly exclude the remaining $7.5 million of unamortized
fair value adjustments made in acquisition accounting, which increased the Black & Decker note payable due 2028 and MTD
notes payable due 2026 and 2028, as well as $4.8 million of unamortized discounts, a net loss of $19.3 million pertaining to
unamortized termination gains and losses on interest rate swaps (as described in Note H, Financial Instruments), and $32.2
million of unamortized deferred financing fees.
In March 2023, the Company issued $350.0 million of senior unsecured term notes maturing March 6, 2026 ("2026 Term
Notes") and $400.0 million of senior unsecured term notes maturing March 6, 2028 (“2028 Term Notes”). The 2026 Term
Notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.272% per annum and the 2028 Term Notes at a fixed rate of 6.0% per annum, with
interest payable semi-annually in arrears, and both notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company's existing
and future unsecured, unsubordinated debt. The Company received total net proceeds from this offering of $745.3 million, net
of $4.7 million of underwriting expenses and other fees associated with the transaction. The Company used the net proceeds
from the offering for general corporate purposes, including repayment of indebtedness under the commercial paper program.
Commercial Paper and Credit Facilities
The Company has a $3.5 billion commercial paper program which includes Euro denominated borrowings in addition to U.S.
Dollars. As of December 28, 2024, the Company had no commercial paper borrowings outstanding. As of December 30, 2023,
the Company had commercial paper borrowings outstanding of $1.1 billion, of which $399.7 million in Euro denominated
commercial paper was designated as a net investment hedge. Refer to Note H, Financial Instruments, for further discussion.
In June 2024, the Company amended and restated its existing five-year $2.5 billion committed credit facility with the
concurrent execution of a new five-year $2.25 billion committed credit facility (the “5-Year Credit Agreement”). Borrowings
under the 5-Year Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars, Euros or Pounds Sterling. A sub-limit of an amount equal to
the Euro equivalent of $800.0 million is designated for swing line advances. Borrowings bear interest at a floating rate plus an
applicable margin dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and specific terms of the 5-Year Credit Agreement. The
Company must repay all advances under the 5-Year Credit Agreement by the earlier of June 28, 2029 or upon termination. The
5-Year Credit Agreement is designated to be a liquidity back-stop for the Company's $3.5 billion U.S. Dollar and Euro
77
commercial paper program. As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company had not drawn on its five-year
committed credit facility.
In June 2024, the Company terminated its 364-Day $1.5 billion committed credit facility ("the 2023 Syndicated 364-Day Credit
Agreement") dated September 2023. There were no outstanding borrowings under the 2023 Syndicated 364-Day Credit
Agreement upon termination and as of December 30, 2023. Contemporaneously, the Company entered into a new $1.25 billion
syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement (the "2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement") which is a revolving credit loan.
The borrowings under the 2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement may be made in U.S. Dollars or Euros and bear interest
at a floating rate plus an applicable margin dependent upon the denomination of the borrowing and pursuant to the terms of the
2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement. The Company must repay all advances under the 2024 Syndicated 364-Day
Credit Agreement by the earlier of June 27, 2025 or upon termination. The Company may, however, convert all advances
outstanding upon termination into a term loan that shall be repaid in full no later than the first anniversary of the termination
date provided that the Company, among other things, pays a fee to the administrative agent for the account of each lender. The
2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement serves as part of the liquidity back-stop for the Company’s $3.5 billion U.S. Dollar
and Euro commercial paper program. As of December 28, 2024, the Company had not drawn on its 2024 Syndicated 364-Day
Credit Agreement.
In addition, the Company has other short-term lines of credit that are primarily uncommitted, with numerous banks, aggregating
to $296.2 million, of which $205.7 million was available at December 28, 2024 and $90.5 million of the short-term credit lines
were utilized primarily pertaining to outstanding letters of credit for which there are no required or reported debt balances.
Short-term arrangements are reviewed annually for renewal.
At December 28, 2024, the aggregate amount of short-term and long-term committed and uncommitted lines of credit was
approximately $3.8 billion. The weighted-average interest rates on U.S. dollar denominated short-term borrowings for the years
ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 were 5.6% and 5.1%, respectively. The weighted-average interest rates on
Euro denominated short-term borrowings for the years ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 were 3.9% and 3.5%,
respectively.
Interest paid relating to the Company's indebtedness, including long-term debt and commercial paper borrowings, during 2024,
2023 and 2022 amounted to $479.9 million, $531.5 million and $320.8 million, respectively.
The 5-Year Credit Agreement and the 2024 Syndicated 364-Day Credit Agreement, as described above, contain customary
affirmative and negative covenants, including but not limited to, maintenance of an interest coverage ratio. The interest
coverage ratio tested for covenant compliance compares adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and
Amortization to adjusted net Interest Expense ("Adjusted EBITDA"/"Adjusted Net Interest Expense"). The Company must
maintain, for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company, an interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.50 to
1.00, provided that the Company is only required to maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than (i) 1.50 to 1.00 for any
four fiscal quarter period ending on or before the end of the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024, and (ii) 2.50 to 1.00 for
any four fiscal quarter period ending after the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024 through and including the Company’s
second fiscal quarter of 2025. For purposes of calculating the Company’s compliance with the interest coverage ratio, as
defined in each credit agreement, the Company is permitted to increase EBITDA to allow for additional adjustment addbacks
incurred prior to the end of the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2025, provided that (A) the sum of the applicable
adjustment addbacks incurred through and including the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2024 may not exceed $500 million
in the aggregate, and (B) the sum of the applicable adjustment addbacks incurred from the Company’s third fiscal quarter of
2024 through and including the Company’s second fiscal quarter of 2025 may not exceed $250 million in the aggregate;
provided, further, that the sum of the applicable adjustment addbacks for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period may not
exceed $500 million in the aggregate.
H. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices and
commodity prices. As part of the Company’s risk management program, a variety of financial instruments such as interest rate
swaps, currency swaps, purchased currency options, foreign exchange contracts and commodity contracts, may be used to
mitigate interest rate exposure, foreign currency exposure and commodity price exposure.
If the Company elects to do so and if the instrument meets the criteria specified in ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging,
management designates its derivative instruments as cash flow hedges, fair value hedges or net investment hedges. Generally,
commodity price exposures are not hedged with derivative financial instruments and instead are actively managed through
78
customer pricing initiatives, procurement-driven cost reduction initiatives and other productivity improvement projects.
Financial instruments are not utilized for speculative purposes.
A summary of the fair values of the Company’s derivatives recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 28, 2024
and December 30, 2023 is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Balance Sheet
Classification
2024
2023
Balance Sheet
Classification
2024
2023
Derivatives designated as hedging
instruments:
Foreign Exchange Contracts Cash
Flow ..................................................
Other current assets ..........
$
23.7
$
0.1
Accrued expenses .............
$
0.9
$
4.9
Non-derivative designated as
hedging instrument:
Net Investment Hedge .......................
$
—
$
—
Short-term borrowings ......
$
—
$ 399.7
Total Designated as hedging
instruments
$
23.7
$
0.1
$
0.9
$ 404.6
Derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments:
Foreign Exchange Contracts .............
Other current assets ..........
$
8.9
$
8.4
Accrued expenses
$
10.9
$
13.0
Total .................................................
$
32.6
$
8.5
$
11.8
$ 417.6
The counterparties to all of the above mentioned financial instruments are major international financial institutions. The
Company is exposed to credit risk for net exchanges under these agreements, but not for the notional amounts. The credit risk is
limited to the asset amounts noted above. The Company limits its exposure and concentration of risk by contracting with
diverse financial institutions and does not anticipate non-performance by any of its counterparties. The Company considers
non-performance risk of its counterparties at each reporting period and adjusts the carrying value of these assets accordingly.
The risk of default is considered remote. As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, there were no assets that had been
posted as collateral related to the above mentioned financial instruments.
Cash flows related to derivatives, including those that are separately discussed below, resulted in net cash paid of $0.1 million
in 2024, net cash paid of $30.1 million in 2023, and net cash received of $86.2 million in 2022.
CASH FLOW HEDGES — There were after-tax mark-to-market losses of $16.7 million and $42.5 million as of
December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, respectively, reported for cash flow hedge effectiveness in Accumulated other
comprehensive loss. An after-tax gain of $7.4 million is expected to be reclassified to earnings as the hedged transactions occur
or as amounts are amortized within the next twelve months. The ultimate amount recognized will vary based on fluctuations of
the hedged currencies and interest rates through the maturity dates.
The tables below detail pre-tax amounts of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges in Accumulated other comprehensive
loss during the periods in which the underlying hedged transactions affected earnings for 2024, 2023 and 2022:
2024 (Millions of Dollars)
Gain (Loss)
Recorded in OCI
Classification of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Amounts
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing
Interest Rate Contracts .......................................
$
—
Interest expense
$
(6.1) $
—
Foreign Exchange Contracts ..............................
$
30.8
Cost of sales
$
2.0
$
—
2023 (Millions of Dollars)
Gain (Loss)
Recorded in OCI
Classification of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Amounts
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing
Interest Rate Contracts .......................................
$
—
Interest expense
$
(6.1) $
—
Foreign Exchange Contracts ..............................
$
(4.3) Cost of sales
$
(0.6) $
—
79
2022 (Millions of Dollars)
Gain (Loss)
Recorded in OCI
Classification of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
OCI to Income
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Amounts
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing
Interest Rate Contracts .......................................
$
23.4
Interest expense
$
(5.8) $
—
Foreign Exchange Contracts ..............................
$
30.6
Cost of sales
$
53.3
$
—
A summary of the pre-tax effect of cash flow hedge accounting on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2024, 2023
and 2022 is as follows:
2024
2023
2022
(Millions of Dollars)
Cost of
Sales
Interest
Expense
Cost of
Sales
Interest
Expense
Cost of
Sales
Interest
Expense
Total amount in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in
which the effects of the cash flow hedges are recorded .................. $ 10,851.3
$
498.6
$ 11,848.5
$
559.4
$ 12,663.3
$
338.5
Gain (loss) on cash flow hedging relationships:
Foreign Exchange Contracts:
Hedged Items ................................................................................ $
(2.0) $
—
$
0.6
$
—
$
(53.3) $
—
Gain (loss) reclassified from OCI into Income ............................ $
2.0
$
(0.6) $
—
$
53.3
$
—
Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
Gain (loss) reclassified from OCI into Income 1
.......................... $
—
$
(6.1) $
—
$
(6.1) $
—
$
(5.8)
1 Inclusive of the gain/loss amortization on terminated derivative financial instruments.
For 2024, after-tax losses of $1.5 million were reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings (inclusive
of the gain/loss amortization on terminated derivative instruments) during the periods in which the underlying hedged
transactions affected earnings. After-tax losses of $3.6 million and after-tax gains of $26.4 million were reclassified in 2023 and
2022, respectively.
Interest Rate Contracts: In prior years, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements in order to obtain the lowest
cost source of funds within a targeted range of variable to fixed-debt proportions. These swap agreements, which were
designated as cash flow hedges, subsequently matured or were terminated and the gain/loss was recorded in Accumulated other
comprehensive loss and is being amortized to interest expense. The cash flows stemming from the maturity and termination of
the swaps are presented within financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company did not have any outstanding forward starting swaps
designated as cash flow hedges.
During 2021, the Company entered into forward starting interest rate swaps totaling $400.0 million to offset expected
variability on future interest rate payments associated with debt instruments expected to be issued in the future. During 2022,
these swaps were terminated resulting in a gain of $22.7 million which was recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss
and is being amortized to interest expense over future periods.
Forward Contracts: Through its global businesses, the Company enters into transactions and makes investments denominated
in multiple currencies that give rise to foreign currency risk. The Company and its subsidiaries regularly purchase inventory
from subsidiaries with functional currencies different than their own, which creates currency-related volatility in the Company’s
results of operations. The Company utilizes forward contracts to hedge these forecasted purchases and sales of inventory. Gains
and losses reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss are recorded in Cost of sales as the hedged item affects
earnings. There are no components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness for these contracts. At December 28, 2024
and December 30, 2023, the notional value of forward currency contracts outstanding is 537.8 million, maturing in 2025, and
$300.0 million, maturing in 2024, respectively. In February 2025, the Company entered into forward currency contracts with
notional values totaling $85 million, maturing in 2025.
FAIR VALUE HEDGES
80
Interest Rate Risk: In an effort to optimize the mix of fixed versus floating rate debt in the Company’s capital structure, the
Company enters into interest rate swaps. In prior years, the Company entered into interest rate swaps related to certain of its
notes payable which were subsequently terminated. Amortization of the gain/loss on previously terminated swaps is reported as
a reduction of interest expense. Prior to termination, the changes in the fair value of the swaps and the offsetting changes in fair
value related to the underlying notes were recognized in earnings. The Company did not have any active fair value interest rate
swaps at December 28, 2024 or December 30, 2023.
A summary of the pre-tax effect of fair value hedge accounting on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2024, 2023
and 2022 is as follows:
2024
2023
2022
(Millions of Dollars)
Interest
Expense
Interest
Expense
Interest
Expense
Total amount in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the effects of
the fair value hedges are recorded .................................................................................
$
498.6 $
559.4 $
338.5
Amortization of gain on terminated swaps ....................................................................
$
(0.4) $
(0.4) $
(0.4)
A summary of the amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to cumulative basis adjustments for fair value
hedges as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024 Carrying
Amount of Hedged
Liability1
2024 Cumulative Amount of Fair Value Hedging
Adjustment Included in the Carrying Amount of
the Hedged Liability
Current maturities of long-term debt ...............................................
$
500.4
Terminated Swaps
$
—
Long-Term Debt ..............................................................................
$
532.0
Terminated Swaps
$
(19.3)
1Represents hedged items no longer designated in qualifying fair value hedging relationships.
(Millions of Dollars)
2023 Carrying
Amount of Hedged
Liability1
2023 Cumulative Amount of Fair Value Hedging
Adjustment Included in the Carrying Amount of
the Hedged Liability
Current maturities of long-term debt ...............................................
$
1.1
Terminated Swaps
$
—
Long-Term Debt ..............................................................................
$
532.6
Terminated Swaps
$
(19.7)
1Represents hedged items no longer designated in qualifying fair value hedging relationships.
NET INVESTMENT HEDGES
The Company utilizes net investment hedges to offset the translation adjustment arising from re-measurement of its investment
in the assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries. The total after-tax amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive loss
were gains of $78.4 million and $64.9 million at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, respectively.
As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company did not have any net investment hedges with a notional value
outstanding. As of December 28, 2024, the Company did not have any Euro denominated commercial paper. As of
December 30, 2023, the Company had Euro denominated commercial paper with a value of $399.7 million, which matured in
2024, hedging a portion of the Company's Euro denominated net investments.
Maturing foreign exchange contracts resulted in no cash paid or received in 2024 and 2023, and net cash received of $10.6
million during 2022.
Gains and losses on net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive loss until disposal of the underlying
assets. Gains and losses representing components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in earnings in
Other, net on a straight-line basis over the term of the hedge. Gains and losses after a hedge has been de-designated are
recorded directly to the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Other, net.
The pre-tax gain or loss from fair value changes during 2024, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
81
2024
(Millions of Dollars)
Total Gain
(Loss)
Recorded in
OCI
Excluded
Component
Recorded in
OCI
Income
Statement
Classification
Total Gain
(Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI to
Income
Excluded
Component
Amortized
from OCI to
Income
Forward Contracts .................................................
$
(0.5) $
—
Other, net
$
—
$
—
Non-derivative designated as Net Investment
Hedge ....................................................................
$
18.6
$
—
Other, net
$
—
$
—
2023
(Millions of Dollars)
Total Gain
(Loss)
Recorded in
OCI
Excluded
Component
Recorded in
OCI
Income
Statement
Classification
Total Gain
(Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI to
Income
Excluded
Component
Amortized
from OCI to
Income
Forward Contracts .................................................
$
0.4
$
—
Other, net
$
—
$
—
Non-derivative designated as Net Investment
Hedge ....................................................................
$
(12.0) $
—
Other, net
$
—
$
—
2022
(Millions of Dollars)
Total Gain
(Loss)
Recorded in
OCI
Excluded
Component
Recorded in
OCI
Income
Statement
Classification
Total Gain
(Loss)
Reclassified
from OCI to
Income
Excluded
Component
Amortized
from OCI to
Income
Forward Contracts .................................................
$
6.1
$
0.6
Other, net
$
0.7
$
0.7
Cross Currency Swap ............................................
$
(1.2) $
2.5
Other, net
$
1.5
$
1.5
Non-derivative designated as Net Investment
Hedge ....................................................................
$
(0.1) $
—
Other, net
$
—
$
—
UNDESIGNATED HEDGES
Foreign Exchange Contracts: Foreign exchange forward contracts are used to reduce risks arising from the change in fair value
of certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities (such as affiliate loans, payables and receivables). The objective is
to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on operating results. The total notional amount of the forward contracts
outstanding at December 28, 2024 was $1.3 billion maturing on various dates through 2025. The total notional amount of the
forward contracts outstanding at December 30, 2023 was $1.0 billion maturing on various dates through 2024. The gain (loss)
recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations from changes in the fair value related to derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments under ASC 815 for 2024, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Income Statement
Classification
2024
2023
2022
Foreign Exchange Contracts .................................
Other-net
$
(0.9) $
(33.7) $
5.0
I. CAPITAL STOCK
EARNINGS PER SHARE — The following table reconciles net earnings (loss) attributable to common shareowners and the
weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the fiscal years ended
December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022.
82
2024
2023
2022
Numerator (in millions):
Net Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to
Common Shareowners ............................................................................ $
286.3 $
(281.7) $
164.3
Add: Contract adjustment payments accretion .......................................
—
—
1.2
Net Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations Attributable to
Common Shareowners - Diluted .............................................................
286.3
(281.7)
165.5
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations ...................................
8.0
(28.8)
892.4
Net Earnings (Loss) Attributable to Common Shareowners -
Diluted .................................................................................................... $
294.3 $
(310.5) $
1,057.9
2024
2023
2022
Denominator (in thousands):
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding ....................................
150,485
149,751
148,170
Dilutive effect of stock contracts and awards ..................................
812
—
8,383
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding .................................
151,297
149,751
156,553
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock:
Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock: .............................
Continuing operations ................................................................... $
1.90 $
(1.88) $
1.11
Discontinued operations ................................................................ $
0.05 $
(0.19) $
6.02
Total basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock ............ $
1.96 $
(2.07) $
7.13
Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock:
Continuing operations ................................................................... $
1.89 $
(1.88) $
1.06
Discontinued operations ................................................................ $
0.05 $
(0.19) $
5.70
Total diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock ......... $
1.95 $
(2.07) $
6.76
The following weighted-average stock options were not included in the computation of weighted-average diluted shares
outstanding because the effect would be anti-dilutive (in thousands):
2024
2023
2022
Number of stock options ..........................................................................
5,141
5,406
4,019
In November 2019, the Company issued 7,500,000 Equity Units with a total notional value of $750.0 million (“2019 Equity
Units”). Each unit had a stated amount of $100 and initially consisted of a three-year forward stock purchase contract (“2022
Purchase Contracts”) for the purchase of a variable number of shares of common stock, on November 15, 2022, for a price of
$100 and a 10% beneficial ownership interest in one share of 0% Series D Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock,
without par, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (“Series D Preferred Stock”). The shares associated with the
forward stock purchase contracts component of the 2019 Equity Units were reflected in diluted earnings per share using the if-
converted method. Upon the adoption of ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and
Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), in the first quarter of 2022, the common shares
that would be required to settle the applicable conversion value of the Series D Preferred Stock were included in the
denominator of diluted earnings per share using the if-converted method through the date of redemption as discussed below. In
accordance with the standard, the Company increased weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings
per share for the year ended December 31, 2022 by 3.6 million shares.
In November 2022, the Company generated cash proceeds of $750 million from the successful remarketing of the Series D
Preferred Stock (the "Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock"). Upon completion of the remarketing, the holders of the 2019
Equity Units received 4,723,500 common shares and the Company issued 750,000 shares of Remarketed Series D Preferred
Stock. Holders of the Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock were entitled to receive cumulative dividends, if declared by the
Board of Directors, at an initial fixed rate equal to 7.5% per annum of the $1,000 per share liquidation preference (equivalent to
83
$75.00 per annum per share). On November 15, 2022, the Company informed holders that it would redeem all outstanding
shares of the Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock on December 22, 2022 at $1,007.71 per share in cash, which was equal to
100% of the liquidation preference of a share of Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends
to, but excluding December 22, 2022. In December 2022, the Company redeemed the Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock,
paying $750 million in cash.
COMMON STOCK ACTIVITY — Common stock activity for 2024, 2023 and 2022 was as follows:
2024
2023
2022
Outstanding, beginning of year .....................................................
153,620,088
152,983,530
163,328,776
Issued from treasury ......................................................................
960,437
817,110
5,711,974
Returned to treasury ......................................................................
(207,592)
(180,552)
(16,057,220)
Outstanding, end of year ...............................................................
154,372,933
153,620,088
152,983,530
Shares subject to the forward share purchase contract ..................
(3,645,510)
(3,645,510)
(3,645,510)
Outstanding, less shares subject to the forward share purchase
contract ..........................................................................................
150,727,423
149,974,578
149,338,020
In March 2022, the Company executed accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreements with a notional amount of
$2.0 billion, which was funded through borrowings under one of its then existing 364-Day committed credit facilities. The ASR
terms provided for an initial delivery of 85% of the total notional share equivalent at execution or 10,756,770 shares of common
stock. In May 2022, the Company received an additional 3,211,317 shares in aggregate, determined by the volume-weighted
average price of the Company’s common stock during the term of the transaction. The final shares delivered reflect a blended
settlement price of $143.18 per share for the entire transaction. In February 2022, the Company also executed open market
share repurchases for a total of 1,888,601 shares of common stock for $300.0 million.
Upon completion of the remarketing of the Series D Preferred Stock in November 2022, the holders of the 2019 Equity Units
received 4,723,500 common shares and the Company issued 750,000 shares of Remarketed Series D Preferred Stock.
In March 2015, the Company entered into a forward share purchase contract with a financial institution counterparty for
3,645,510 shares of common stock. The contract obligates the Company to pay $350.0 million, plus an additional amount
related to the forward component of the contract. In June 2024, the Company amended the forward share purchase contract and
updated the final settlement date to June 2026, or earlier at the Company's option. The reduction of common shares outstanding
was recorded at the inception of the forward share purchase contract in March 2015 and factored into the calculation of
weighted-average shares outstanding at that time.
COMMON STOCK RESERVED — Common stock shares reserved for issuance under various employee and director stock
plans at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 are as follows:
2024
2023
Employee stock purchase plan ........................................................................................................
921,982
1,070,126
Other stock-based compensation plans ...........................................................................................
5,869,501
6,161,350
Total shares reserved .......................................................................................................................
6,791,483
7,231,476
84
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS — The Company has stock-based compensation plans for salaried employees
and non-employee members of the Board of Directors. The plans provide for discretionary grants of stock options, restricted
stock units and other stock-based awards.
On April 26, 2024, the Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the 2024 Omnibus Award Plan (the “2024 Plan”),
which was approved by the Board of Directors on February 27, 2024. Subject to adjustment as provided in the 2024 Plan, up to
an aggregate of (i) 9,320,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be issued in connection with awards under the 2024
Plan, less (ii) the shares covered by awards granted under the 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (the “2022 Plan”) following
December 31, 2023, plus (iii) any shares that become available for awards in accordance with the terms of the 2024 Plan,
including as a result of forfeitures under the 2022 Plan or other prior plans. No further awards will be issued under the
Company's 2022 Plan. As discussed further below, the Company has granted stock options, restricted share units and awards,
performance stock units, and long-term performance awards, under the 2024 Plan, 2022 Plan and prior 2018 Omnibus Award
Plan to senior management employees and non-employee members of the Board of Directors.
The plans are generally administered by the Compensation and Talent Development Committee of the Board of Directors,
consisting of non-employee directors.
Stock Option Valuation Assumptions:
Stock options are granted at the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and have a maximum
10-year term. Generally, stock option grants vest ratably over three or four years from the date of grant.
The following describes how certain assumptions affecting the estimated fair value of stock options are determined: the
expected volatility is based on an average of the market implied volatility and historical volatility for the expected life; the
dividend yield is computed as the annualized dividend rate at the date of the grant divided by the strike price of the stock
option; and the risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities with maturities equal to the expected life of the option.
The Company uses historical data in order to estimate a forfeiture rate, which is generally eight to ten percent, and uses
historical data, including holding period behavior, to determine the expected life for stock option valuation purposes.
The fair value of stock option grants is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
following weighted-average assumptions were used to value grants made in 2024, 2023 and 2022:
2024
2023
2022
Average expected volatility ..................................................................
38.0 %
39.1 %
38.6 %
Dividend yield .......................................................................................
3.6 %
3.6 %
3.7 %
Risk-free interest rate ............................................................................
4.2 %
4.0 %
3.2 %
Expected life .........................................................................................
5.0 years
5.0 years
4.2 years
Fair value per option ............................................................................. $
25.25
$
26.05
$
20.00
Weighted-average vesting period .........................................................
2.0 years
1.9 years
1.7 years
Stock Options:
The number of stock options and weighted-average exercise prices as of December 28, 2024 are as follows:
Options
Price
Outstanding, December 30, 2023 ..................................................................................
5,490,848 $
133.22
Granted ..........................................................................................................................
832,331
89.34
Exercised .......................................................................................................................
(163,179)
89.19
Forfeited ........................................................................................................................
(241,429)
125.24
Outstanding, December 28, 2024 ..................................................................................
5,918,571 $
128.59
Exercisable, December 28, 2024 ...................................................................................
4,339,550 $
140.93
At December 28, 2024, the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options was $77.83 to $193.97 per share. Stock option
expense was $25.3 million, $26.6 million and $27.1 million for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. At December 28, 2024, the
Company had $20.0 million of unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense for stock options. This expense will be recognized
over the remaining vesting periods which are 1.5 years on a weighted-average basis.
85
During 2024, the Company received $14.5 million in cash from the exercise of stock options. The related cash tax benefit from
the exercise of these options was $0.4 million. During 2024, 2023 and 2022, the total intrinsic value of options exercised was
$1.9 million, $1.0 million and $4.6 million, respectively. When options are exercised, the related shares are issued from
treasury stock. During 2024, 2023, and 2022, the tax shortfall recognized was $0.3 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million,
respectively and was recorded in income tax expense.
Outstanding and exercisable stock option information at December 28, 2024 follows:
Outstanding Stock Options
Exercisable Stock Options
Exercise Price Ranges
Options
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Options
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
$100.00 and below ....................
2,183,691
8.46
$
86.00
719,340
8.04
$
82.46
100.01 — 165.00 ......................
2,055,411
3.38
131.22
2,040,881
3.35
131.38
165.01 — higher .......................
1,679,469
5.30
180.74
1,579,329
5.19
179.90
5,918,571
5.80
$
128.59
4,339,550
4.80
$
140.93
Compensation cost for new grants is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expense for retirement
eligible employees (as defined in Note A, Significant Accounting Policies) is recognized by the date they become retirement
eligible, as such employees may retain their options for the 10-year contractual term in the event they retire prior to the end of
the vesting period stipulated in the grant.
As of December 28, 2024, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable was
$1.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) enables eligible employees in the United States, Canada and Israel to purchase
shares of the Company's common stock at the lower of 85.0% of the fair market value of the shares on the grant date ($69.59
per share for fiscal year 2024 purchases) or 85.0% of the fair market value of the shares on the last business day of each month.
A maximum of 1,600,000 shares are authorized for subscription. During 2024, 2023 and 2022, 148,144 shares, 181,573 shares
and 136,956 shares, respectively, were issued under the plan at average prices of $69.49, $65.34, and $96.09 per share,
respectively, and the intrinsic value of the ESPP purchases was $3.7 million, $4.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively. For
2024, the Company received $10.3 million in cash from ESPP purchases, and there was no related tax benefit. The fair value of
ESPP shares was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. ESPP compensation cost is recognized ratably over
the one-year term based on actual employee stock purchases under the plan. The fair value of the employees’ purchase rights
under the ESPP was estimated using the following assumptions for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively: dividend yield of 3.3%,
3.9% and 1.7%; expected volatility of 34.0%, 42.0% and 25.0%; risk-free interest rates of 5.2%, 4.7%, and 0.2%; and expected
lives of one year. The weighted-average fair value of those purchase rights granted in 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $27.38, $21.26
and $38.51, respectively. Total compensation expense recognized for ESPP was $3.7 million, $3.6 million, and $3.3 million in
2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Restricted Share Units:
Compensation cost for restricted share units (“RSUs”) granted to employees is recognized ratably over the vesting term, which
varies but is generally three or four years. RSU grants totaled 750,126 shares, 827,133 shares and 870,848 shares in 2024, 2023
and 2022, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted in 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $89.66,
$90.09 and $85.05 per share, respectively.
Total compensation expense recognized for RSUs amounted to $64.0 million, $53.9 million and $50.6 million in 2024, 2023
and 2022, respectively. The related cash tax benefit received related to the shares that were delivered in 2024 was $10.1 million.
During 2024, 2023, and 2022, the tax shortfall recognized was $0.8 million, $1.9 million, and $3.6 million, respectively. As of
December 28, 2024, unrecognized compensation expense for RSUs amounted to $70.8 million and will be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 1.4 years.
86
A summary of non-vested restricted share units and award activity as of December 28, 2024, and changes during the year then
ended is as follows:
Restricted Share
Units & Awards
Weighted-Average
Grant
Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 30, 2023 ........................................................................
1,490,924 $
100.24
Granted ..................................................................................................................
750,126
89.66
Vested ....................................................................................................................
(585,745)
99.85
Forfeited ................................................................................................................
(175,322)
96.78
Non-vested at December 28, 2024 ........................................................................
1,479,983 $
95.44
The total fair value of vested RSUs (market value on the date vested) during 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $59.4 million, $49.9
million and $38.9 million, respectively.
Prior to 2020, non-employee members of the Board of Directors received annual restricted share-based grants which must be
cash settled, and accordingly mark-to-market accounting is applied. In 2024, the Company recognized $0.9 million of income
for these awards. In 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized $1.5 million of expense and $9.8 million of income for these
awards, respectively. Beginning in 2020, the annual grant issued to non-employee members of the Board of Directors is stock
settled. The expense related to the annual grant in 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $1.7 million, $1.9 million, and $1.8 million
respectively. Additionally, non-employee members of the Board of Directors may defer any or all of their cash retainer fees,
which would subsequently be settled as RSU awards. Compensation expense related to these RSUs was $1.0 million, $1.1
million, and $1.2 million for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Management Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Stock Units:
In 2020, the Company granted Performance Stock Units (collectively "MICP-PSUs") under the Management Incentive
Compensation Plan ("MICP") to participating employees. Awards were payable in shares of common stock and generally no
award was made if the employee terminated employment prior to the settlement dates. The delivery of the shares related to the
2020 MICP-PSU grant occurred ratably in 2021, 2022, and 2023. The total shares delivered were based on actual 2020
performance in relation to the established goals. No additional MICP-PSUs have been granted under the MICP in 2022, 2023,
or 2024.
Compensation cost for these performance awards was recognized ratably over the vesting term of three years. Total income
recognized in 2023 related to these MICP-PSUs approximated $5.0 million. The total expense recognized in 2022 related to
these MICP-PSUs approximated $9.1 million. The related cash tax benefit received related to the shares that were delivered in
2023 and 2022 was $0.9 million and $3.6 million, respectively. There was no compensation cost for these performance awards
recognized in 2024, as the 2020 MICP-PSUs were fully vested.
Long-Term Performance Awards:
The Company has granted Long-Term Performance Awards (“LTIP”) under its 2022 Plan and 2018 Omnibus Award Plan to
senior management employees for achieving Company performance measures. Awards are payable in shares of common stock,
which may be subject to restrictions if the employee has not achieved certain stock ownership levels, and generally no award is
made if the employee terminates employment prior to the settlement date. LTIP grants were made in 2022, 2023 and 2024.
Each grant has two separate performance goals representing 75% of the grant date value and one market-based metric
representing 25% of the grant date value. For grants made in 2024 and 2023, the performance goals are relative organic sales
growth measured over the three-year performance period and cash flow return on investment measured for each year within the
three-year performance period. For grants made in 2022, the annual performance goals were earnings per share and cash flow
return on investment. For all years, the market-based metric measures the Company’s common stock return relative to peers
over the three-year performance period. The ultimate delivery of shares will occur in 2025, 2026 and 2027 for the 2022, 2023
and 2024 grants, respectively. Share settlements are based on actual performance in relation to these goals.
Expense recognized for these performance awards was $9.7 million and $1.7 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively. Income
recognized for these performance awards in 2022 was $2.4 million. With the exception of the market-based metric comprising
25% of the award, in the event performance goals are not met, compensation cost is not recognized and any previously
recognized compensation cost is reversed. The related cash tax benefit received related to the shares that were delivered in
2024, 2023, and 2022 was $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The tax shortfall recognized in 2024, 2023
and 2022 was $0.5 million, $0.5 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively.
87
A summary of the activity pertaining to the maximum number of shares that may be issued is as follows:
LTIP Units
Weighted-Average
Grant
Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 30, 2023 ...........................................................................
731,128 $
119.90
Granted .....................................................................................................................
468,228
80.86
Vested ......................................................................................................................
(15,562)
163.45
Forfeited ...................................................................................................................
(164,646)
149.63
Non-vested at December 28, 2024 ...........................................................................
1,019,148 $
96.50
J. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
The following table summarizes the changes in the accumulated balances for each component of Accumulated other
comprehensive loss:
(Millions of Dollars)
Currency
translation
adjustment and
other
(Losses) gains
on cash flow
hedges, net of
tax
Gains (losses)
on net
investment
hedges, net of
tax
Pension (losses)
gains, net of tax
Total
Balance - December 31, 2022 .................... $
(1,907.4)
$
(44.5)
$
73.8
$
(241.4)
$
(2,119.5)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before
reclassifications ............................................
75.1
(1.6)
(8.9)
(26.9)
37.7
Reclassification adjustments to earnings .....
—
3.6
—
9.1
12.7
Net other comprehensive income (loss) .......
75.1
2.0
(8.9)
(17.8)
50.4
Balance - December 30, 2023 .................... $
(1,832.3)
$
(42.5)
$
64.9
$
(259.2)
$
(2,069.1)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before
reclassifications ............................................
(331.9)
24.3
13.5
35.0
(259.1)
Adjustments related to sales of businesses ..
(6.0)
—
—
—
(6.0)
Reclassification adjustments to earnings .....
—
1.5
—
11.8
13.3
Net other comprehensive (loss) income ......
(337.9)
25.8
13.5
46.8
(251.8)
Balance - December 28, 2024 .................... $
(2,170.2)
$
(16.7)
$
78.4
$
(212.4)
$
(2,320.9)
The Company uses the portfolio method for releasing the stranded tax effects from Accumulated other comprehensive loss. The
reclassifications out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023
were as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
Components of Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Reclassification
adjustments
Reclassification
adjustments
Affected line item in Consolidated
Statements of Operations
Realized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges ................
$
2.0
$
(0.6)
Cost of sales
Realized losses on cash flow hedges ............................
(6.1)
(6.1)
Interest expense
Total before taxes ..........................................................
(4.1)
(6.7)
Tax effect ......................................................................
2.6
3.1
Income taxes
Realized losses on cash flow hedges, net of tax ...........
$
(1.5) $
(3.6)
Actuarial losses and prior service costs / credits ..........
$
(11.1) $
(11.1)
Other, net
Settlement losses
..........................................................
(3.5)
(1.0)
Other, net
Total before taxes ..........................................................
(14.6)
(12.1)
Tax effect ......................................................................
2.8
3.0
Income taxes
Amortization of defined benefit pension items, net of
tax ..................................................................................
$
(11.8) $
(9.1)
K. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
88
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (“ESOP”) — Most U.S. employees may make contributions that do not exceed
25% of their eligible compensation to a tax-deferred 401(k) savings plan, subject to restrictions under tax laws. Employees
generally direct the investment of their own contributions into various investment funds. An employer match benefit is provided
under the plan equal to one half of each employee’s tax-deferred contribution up to the first 7% of their compensation.
Participants direct the entire employer match benefit such that no participant is required to hold the Company’s common stock
in their 401(k) account. The employer match benefit totaled $31.7 million, $32.8 million and $32.2 million in 2024, 2023 and
2022, respectively.
In addition, 11,249 U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees are eligible to receive a non-contributory benefit under the
Core benefit plan. Core benefit allocations range from 2% to 6% of eligible employee compensation based on age. Allocations
for benefits earned under the Core plan were $36.1 million, $38.8 million, and $28.9 million in 2024, 2023 and 2022,
respectively. Assets held in participant Core accounts are invested in target date retirement funds which have an age-based
allocation of investments.
The Company’s net ESOP activity resulted in expense of $67.8 million, $71.6 million, and $61.1 million in 2024, 2023, and
2022, respectively, and is compromised of the aforementioned Core and 401(k) match defined contribution benefits.
The Company made cash contributions totaling $72.6 million in 2024, $61.0 million in 2023 and $67.8 million in 2022.
PENSION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS — The Company sponsors pension plans covering most domestic hourly and
certain executive employees, and 13,110 foreign employees. Benefits are generally based on salary and years of service, except
for U.S. collective bargaining employees whose benefits are based on a stated amount for each year of service.
The Company contributes to a number of multi-employer plans for certain collective bargaining U.S. employees. The risks of
participating in these multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:
a.
Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefit to employees of other
participating employers.
b.
If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be inherited by the
remaining participating employers.
c.
If the Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multi-employer plans, the Company may be required to
pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.
In addition, the Company also contributes to a number of multi-employer plans outside of the U.S. The foreign plans are
insured, therefore, the Company’s obligation is limited to the payment of insurance premiums.
The Company has assessed and determined that none of the multi-employer plans to which it contributes are individually
significant to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company does not expect to incur a withdrawal liability
or expect to significantly increase its contributions over the remainder of the contract period.
In addition to the multi-employer plans, various other defined contribution plans are sponsored worldwide. As of December 28,
2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company had $118.7 million and $104.7 million, respectively, of liabilities pertaining to an
unfunded supplemental defined contribution plan for certain U.S. employees.
The expense (benefit) for defined contribution plans, aside from the earlier discussed ESOP plans, are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Multi-employer plan expense
$
3.7 $
3.5 $
6.0
Other defined contribution plan expense (benefit)
$
45.7 $
43.3 $
(2.4)
89
The components of net periodic pension expense (benefit) are as follows:
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
Service cost ..................................................... $
6.4 $
8.1 $
6.2 $
12.2 $
11.2 $
15.1
Interest cost .....................................................
51.6
54.7
33.6
41.7
43.4
22.9
Expected return on plan assets .......................
(60.8)
(62.1)
(60.9)
(43.9)
(41.5)
(37.7)
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) .....
0.6
0.8
0.9
(0.7)
(0.7)
(0.7)
Actuarial loss amortization .............................
8.1
8.9
5.9
4.4
3.4
7.9
Special termination benefit .............................
—
—
—
—
0.3
—
Settlement / curtailment loss...........................
—
0.3
0.2
3.5
0.7
0.2
Net periodic pension expense (benefit) .......... $
5.9 $
10.7 $
(14.1) $
17.2 $
16.8 $
7.7
The Company provides medical and dental benefits for certain retired employees in the United States, Brazil, and Canada.
Approximately 461 participants are covered under these plans. Net periodic post-retirement benefit expense was comprised of
the following:
Other Benefit Plans
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Service cost ................................................................................................ $
0.3 $
0.3 $
0.3
Interest cost ................................................................................................
1.7
2.0
1.5
Amortization of prior service credit ..........................................................
0.1
0.1
—
Actuarial gain amortization .......................................................................
(1.4)
(1.4)
(0.7)
Settlement / curtailment gain .....................................................................
—
—
(0.4)
Special termination benefit ........................................................................
—
—
6.9
Net periodic post-retirement expense ........................................................ $
0.7 $
1.0 $
7.6
The components of net periodic post-retirement benefit expense other than the service cost component are included in Other,
net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in 2024 are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
Current year actuarial gain ......................................................................................................................... $
(47.9)
Amortization of actuarial loss .....................................................................................................................
(11.1)
Prior service cost from plan amendments ...................................................................................................
0.2
Settlement / curtailment loss .......................................................................................................................
(3.5)
Currency / other ..........................................................................................................................................
(1.2)
Total decrease recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) ....................................... $
(63.5)
90
The changes in the pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets, as well as amounts
recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are shown below.
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Benefits
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at end of prior year .................. $ 1,090.3 $ 1,083.5 $
999.1 $
931.0 $
35.2 $
42.8
Service cost ............................................................
6.4
8.1
12.2
11.2
0.3
0.3
Interest cost ............................................................
51.6
54.7
41.7
43.4
1.7
2.0
Special termination benefit ....................................
—
—
—
0.3
—
—
Settlements/curtailments ........................................
—
(5.6)
(14.5)
(7.6)
—
—
Actuarial (gain) loss ..............................................
(46.7)
40.2
(92.6)
26.6
(1.4)
(2.3)
Plan amendments ...................................................
0.1
—
0.1
—
—
—
Foreign currency exchange rate changes ...............
—
—
(29.2)
46.5
(1.1)
0.3
Participant contributions ........................................
—
—
0.2
0.2
—
—
Acquisitions, divestitures, and other .....................
(4.6)
(7.7)
(2.8)
(2.7)
—
—
Benefits paid ..........................................................
(84.6)
(82.9)
(52.6)
(49.8)
(7.7)
(7.9)
Benefit obligation at end of year ........................... $ 1,012.5 $ 1,090.3 $
861.6 $
999.1 $
27.0 $
35.2
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at end of prior year ......... $
979.2 $
967.3 $
831.0 $
783.4 $
— $
—
Actual return on plan assets ...................................
21.1
93.4
(6.1)
50.1
—
—
Participant contributions ........................................
—
—
0.2
0.2
—
—
Employer contributions .........................................
12.3
14.7
20.9
19.6
7.7
7.9
Settlements ............................................................
—
(5.6)
(16.9)
(11.3)
—
—
Foreign currency exchange rate changes ...............
—
—
(14.4)
41.5
—
—
Acquisitions, divestitures, and other .....................
(4.6)
(7.7)
(2.4)
(2.7)
—
—
Benefits paid ..........................................................
(84.6)
(82.9)
(52.6)
(49.8)
(7.7)
(7.9)
Fair value of plan assets at end of plan year .......... $
923.4 $
979.2 $
759.7 $
831.0 $
— $
—
Funded status — assets less than benefit
obligation ............................................................... $
(89.1) $ (111.1) $ (101.9) $ (168.1) $
(27.0) $
(35.2)
Unrecognized prior service cost (credit) ...............
1.5
2.1
(13.0)
(13.9)
0.4
0.4
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain) ..................
217.9
233.0
121.0
170.2
(19.1)
(19.6)
Net amount recognized .......................................... $
130.3 $
124.0 $
6.1 $
(11.8) $
(45.7) $
(54.4)
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Benefits
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets
Prepaid benefit cost (non-current) ......................... $
3.8 $
— $
124.8 $
88.7 $
— $
—
Current benefit liability .........................................
(5.2)
(5.6)
(10.3)
(10.9)
(5.2)
(7.6)
Non-current benefit liability ..................................
(87.7)
(105.5)
(216.4)
(245.9)
(21.8)
(27.6)
Net liability recognized ......................................... $
(89.1) $ (111.1) $ (101.9) $ (168.1) $
(27.0) $
(35.2)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax):
Prior service cost (credit) ...................................... $
1.5 $
2.1 $
(13.0) $
(13.9) $
0.4 $
0.4
Actuarial loss (gain) ..............................................
217.9
233.0
121.0
170.2
(19.1)
(19.6)
219.4
235.1
108.0
156.3
(18.7)
(19.2)
Net amount recognized .......................................... $
130.3 $
124.0 $
6.1 $
(11.8) $
(45.7) $
(54.4)
91
Actuarial gains and losses reflected in the table above are driven by changes in demographic experience, changes in
assumptions, and differences in actual returns on investments compared to estimated returns from the prior year. For the year
ended December 28, 2024, the decrease in the benefit obligation is primarily driven by the increase in the single equivalent
discount rate used to measure these obligations as well as favorable changes in demographic experience. These actuarial gains
were partially offset as actual returns on plan assets during the year were lower than the estimated return.
The accumulated benefit obligation for all benefit plans was $1.868 billion at December 28, 2024 and $2.084 billion at
December 30, 2023. The following table provides information regarding pension plans in which accumulated benefit
obligations exceed plan assets as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023:
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2024
2023
Accumulated benefit obligation ......................................... $
916.5 $
1,090.3 $
221.1 $
249.9
Fair value of plan assets ..................................................... $
823.6 $
979.1 $
25.7 $
31.5
The following table provides information regarding pension plans in which projected benefit obligations (inclusive of
anticipated future compensation increases) exceed plan assets as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023:
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2024
2023
Projected benefit obligation ................................................ $
916.5 $
1,090.3 $
271.9 $
304.5
Fair value of plan assets ..................................................... $
823.6 $
979.1 $
45.2 $
47.8
The major assumptions used in valuing pension and post-retirement plan obligations and net costs were as follows:
Pension Benefits
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Benefits
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
2024
2023
2022
Weighted-average
assumptions used to
determine benefit obligations
at year end:
Discount rate .............................
5.55 %
5.04 %
5.36 %
5.04 %
4.43 %
4.70 %
5.74 %
5.45 %
5.47 %
Rate of compensation increase ..
—
—
—
3.45 %
3.52 %
3.64 %
—
—
—
Weighted-average
assumptions used to
determine net periodic
benefit cost:
Discount rate - service cost .......
5.27 %
5.58 %
3.14 %
5.18 %
5.23 %
2.67 %
6.33 %
6.64 %
4.41 %
Discount rate - interest cost .......
4.96 %
5.23 %
2.28 %
4.36 %
4.67 %
1.69 %
5.44 %
5.37 %
2.25 %
Rate of compensation increase ..
—
—
3.00 %
3.52 %
3.64 %
3.57 %
—
—
—
Expected return on plan assets ..
6.47 %
6.70 %
4.69 %
5.45 %
5.29 %
3.41 %
—
—
—
The expected rate of return on plan assets is determined considering the returns projected for the various asset classes and the
relative weighting for each asset class. The Company will use a 6.57% weighted-average expected rate of return assumption to
determine the 2025 net periodic benefit cost.
PENSION PLAN ASSETS — Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and corporate bonds and other fixed
income securities, money market instruments and insurance contracts. The Company’s worldwide asset allocations at
December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 by asset category and the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value
hierarchy established by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, were as follows:
92
Asset Category (Millions of Dollars)
2024
Level 1
Level 2
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................... $
29.7 $
20.3 $
9.4
Equity securities
U.S. equity securities ............................................................................
166.1
48.7
117.4
Foreign equity securities ......................................................................
92.8
24.5
68.3
Fixed income securities
Government securities ..........................................................................
647.7
253.5
394.2
Corporate securities ..............................................................................
678.9
—
678.9
Insurance contracts ...............................................................................
37.7
—
37.7
Other .....................................................................................................
30.2
—
30.2
Total ..................................................................................................... $
1,683.1 $
347.0 $
1,336.1
Asset Category (Millions of Dollars)
2023
Level 1
Level 2
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................................... $
40.9 $
25.8 $
15.1
Equity securities
U.S. equity securities ............................................................................
191.5
63.5
128.0
Foreign equity securities .......................................................................
119.7
34.7
85.0
Fixed income securities
Government securities ..........................................................................
646.0
239.8
406.2
Corporate securities ..............................................................................
736.5
—
736.5
Insurance contracts ................................................................................
39.6
—
39.6
Other .....................................................................................................
36.0
—
36.0
Total ...................................................................................................... $
1,810.2 $
363.8 $
1,446.4
U.S. and foreign equity securities primarily consist of companies with large market capitalization and to a lesser extent mid and
small capitalization securities. Government securities primarily consist of U.S. Treasury securities and foreign government
securities with de minimus default risk. Corporate fixed income securities include publicly traded U.S. and foreign investment
grade and to a small extent high yield securities. Assets held in insurance contracts are invested in the general asset pools of the
various insurers, mainly debt and equity securities with guaranteed returns. Other investments include diversified private equity
holdings. The level 2 investments are primarily comprised of institutional mutual funds that are not publicly traded; the
investments held in these mutual funds are generally level 1 publicly traded securities.
The Company's investment strategy for pension assets focuses on a liability-matching approach with gradual de-risking taking
place over a period of many years. The Company utilizes the current funded status to transition the portfolio toward investments
that better match the duration and cash flow attributes of the underlying liabilities. Assets approximating 70% of the Company's
current pension liabilities have been invested in fixed income securities, using a liability / asset matching duration strategy, with
the primary goal of mitigating exposure to interest rate movements and preserving the overall funded status of the underlying
plans. Plan assets are broadly diversified and are invested to ensure adequate liquidity for immediate- and medium-term benefit
payments. The Company’s target asset allocations include approximately 10%-30% in equity securities, approximately
60%-80% in fixed income securities and approximately 10% in other securities. The funded status percentage (total plan assets
divided by total projected benefit obligation) of all global pension plans was 90% in 2024, and 87% in both 2023 and 2022.
CONTRIBUTIONS — The Company’s funding policy for its defined benefit plans is to contribute amounts determined
annually on an actuarial basis to provide for current and future benefits in accordance with federal law and other regulations.
The Company expects to contribute approximately $30 million to its pension and other post-retirement benefit plans in 2025.
EXPECTED FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS — Benefit payments, inclusive of amounts attributable to estimated future
employee service, are expected to be paid over the next 10 years as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Total
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Years 6-10
Future payments ...........................
$ 1,440.5 $
153.8 $
146.5 $
145.6 $
145.5 $
144.1 $
705.0
These benefit payments will be funded through a combination of existing plan assets, the returns on those assets, and amounts
to be contributed in the future by the Company.
93
HEALTH CARE COST TRENDS — The weighted-average annual assumed rate of increase in the per-capita cost of covered
benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) is assumed to be 6.3% for 2024, reducing gradually to 4.9% by 2032 and remaining at
that level thereafter.
L. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, defines, establishes a consistent framework for measuring, and expands disclosure
requirements about fair value. ASC 820 requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use
of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources,
while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value
hierarchy:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in
markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs and significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 — Instruments that are valued using unobservable inputs.
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, stock prices and
commodity prices. The Company holds various financial instruments to manage these risks. These financial instruments are
carried at fair value and are included within the scope of ASC 820. The Company determines the fair value of these financial
instruments through the use of matrix or model pricing, which utilizes observable inputs such as market interest and currency
rates. When determining fair value for which Level 1 evidence does not exist, the Company considers various factors including
the following: exchange or market price quotations of similar instruments, time value and volatility factors, the Company’s own
credit rating and the credit rating of the counterparty.
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis
for each of the hierarchy levels:
(Millions of Dollars)
Total
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 28, 2024
Money market fund ..................................................................... $
14.2 $
14.2 $
— $
—
Deferred compensation plan investments .................................... $
17.0 $
17.0 $
— $
—
Derivative assets .......................................................................... $
32.6 $
— $
32.6 $
—
Derivative liabilities .................................................................... $
11.8 $
— $
11.8 $
—
Contingent consideration liability ............................................... $
167.4 $
— $
— $
167.4
December 30, 2023
Money market fund ..................................................................... $
12.3 $
12.3 $
— $
—
Non-derivative hedging instrument
$
399.7 $
— $
399.7 $
—
Deferred compensation plan investments
$
20.2 $
20.2 $
— $
—
Derivative assets .......................................................................... $
8.5 $
— $
8.5 $
—
Derivative liabilities .................................................................... $
17.9 $
— $
17.9 $
—
Contingent consideration liability ............................................... $
208.8 $
— $
— $
208.8
The following table provides information about the Company's financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value:
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
(Millions of Dollars)
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Other investments ............................................................ $
4.0 $
3.9 $
6.0 $
5.8
Long-term debt, including current portion ...................... $
6,103.0 $
5,548.8 $
6,102.1 $
5,512.8
The money market fund and other investments related to the West Coast Loading Corporation ("WCLC") trust are considered
Level 1 instruments within the fair value hierarchy. The deferred compensation plan investments are considered Level 1
94
instruments and are recorded at their quoted market price. The fair values of the derivative financial instruments in the table
above are based on current settlement values.
The long-term debt instruments are considered Level 2 instruments and are measured using a discounted cash flow analysis
based on the Company’s marginal borrowing rates. The differences between the carrying values and fair values of long-term
debt are attributable to the stated interest rates differing from the Company's marginal borrowing rates. The fair values of the
Company's variable rate short-term borrowings approximated their carrying values at December 30, 2023.
As part of the Craftsman® brand acquisition in March 2017, the Company recorded a contingent consideration liability
representing the Company's obligation to make future payments to Transform Holdco, LLC, which operates Sears and Kmart
retail locations, of between 2.5% and 3.5% on sales of Craftsman products in new Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. channels
through March 2032. During the year ended December 28, 2024, the Company paid $38.9 million for royalties owed. The
Company will continue making future payments quarterly through the second quarter of 2032. The estimated fair value of the
contingent consideration liability is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis taking into consideration future sales
projections, forecasted payments to Transform Holdco, LLC, based on contractual royalty rates, and the related tax impacts.
The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability was $167.4 million and $208.8 million as of December 28,
2024 and December 30, 2023, respectively. Adjustments to the contingent consideration liability, with the exception of cash
payments, are recorded in SG&A in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. A 100-basis point reduction in the discount rate
would result in an increase to the liability of approximately $4.5 million as of December 28, 2024.
A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies
heavily on estimates and assumptions. The Company's judgments used to determine the estimated contingent consideration
liability discussed above, including estimated future sales projections, can materially impact the Company's results of
operations.
Refer to Note H, Financial Instruments, for more details regarding derivative financial instruments, Note R, Contingencies, for
more details regarding the other investments related to the WCLC trust, and Note G, Long-Term Debt and Financing
Arrangements, for more information regarding the carrying values of the long-term debt.
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The Company recorded impairment charges in the first quarter of 2024 and the fourth quarter of 2023 to adjust the carrying
amount of the long-lived assets of its Infrastructure business sold on April 1, 2024, which were considered Level 3 fair value
measurements. Refer to Note S, Divestitures for further discussion.
Additionally, the Company recorded an impairment charge in the third quarter of 2024 related to the Lenox trade name, which
is considered a Level 3 fair value measurement. Previously, the Company recorded an impairment charge in the third quarter of
2023 related to the Irwin and Troy-Bilt trade names, which is also considered a Level 3 fair value measurement. Refer to Note
E, Goodwill and Intangible Assets. The Company had no other significant non-recurring fair value measurements, nor any other
financial assets or liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs, during 2024 or 2023.
M. OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES
Other, net is primarily comprised of intangible asset amortization expense, currency-related gains or losses, environmental
remediation expense, deal costs and related consulting costs, and certain pension gains or losses. Other, net amounted to $448.8
million, $320.1 million and $274.8 million for fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The year-over-year increase in
2024 is primarily driven by an environmental remediation reserve adjustment relating to the Centredale site, as further
discussed in Note R, Contingencies, partially offset by lower intangible asset amortization due to the divestiture of the
Infrastructure business. The year-over-year increase in 2023 was driven by higher pension and environmental remediation costs
as well as write-downs on certain investments, partially offset by income related to providing transition services to previously
divested businesses.
Research and development costs, which are classified in SG&A, were $328.8 million, $362.0 million and $357.4 million, or
2.1%, 2.3%, and 2.1% of net sales, for fiscal years 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
95
N. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
A summary of the restructuring reserve activity from December 30, 2023 to December 28, 2024 is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
December 30,
2023
Net
Additions
Usage
Currency
December 28,
2024
Severance and related costs ....................................... $
25.8 $
49.0 $
(50.3) $
0.8 $
25.3
Facility closures and other .........................................
3.1
50.9
(33.9)
—
20.1
Total .......................................................................... $
28.9 $
99.9 $
(84.2) $
0.8 $
45.4
During 2024, the Company recognized net restructuring charges of $99.9 million, primarily related to severance and facility
closures associated with the supply chain transformation.
The majority of the $45.4 million of reserves remaining as of December 28, 2024 is expected to be utilized within the next 12
months.
Segments: The $99.9 million of net restructuring charges for the year ended December 28, 2024 includes: $84.0 million
pertaining to the Tools & Outdoor segment; $7.7 million pertaining to the Industrial segment; and $8.2 million pertaining to
Corporate.
O. BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
The Company’s operations are classified into two reportable business segments: Tools & Outdoor and Industrial.
The Tools & Outdoor segment is comprised of the Power Tools Group ("PTG"), Hand Tools, Accessories & Storage ("HTAS")
and Outdoor Power Equipment ("Outdoor") product lines. The PTG product line includes both professional and consumer
products. Professional products, primarily under the DEWALT® brand, include professional grade corded and cordless electric
power tools and equipment including drills, impact wrenches and drivers, grinders, saws, routers, sanders, and concrete prep
and placement tools as well as pneumatic tools and fasteners including nail guns, nails, staplers and staples, and concrete and
masonry anchors. DIY and tradesperson focused products include corded and cordless electric power tools sold primarily under
the CRAFTSMAN® and STANLEY® brands, consumer home products such as household power tools, hand-held vacuums,
and small appliances primarily under the BLACK+DECKER® brand. The HTAS product line sells hand tools, power tool
accessories and storage products primarily under the DEWALT®, CRAFTSMAN®, and STANLEY® brands. Hand tools
include measuring, leveling and layout tools, planes, hammers, demolition tools, clamps, vises, knives, saws, chisels, material
handling, and industrial and automotive tools. Power tool accessories include drill bits, screwdriver bits, router bits, abrasives,
saw blades and threading products. Storage products include tool boxes, sawhorses, cabinets and engineered storage solution
products. The Outdoor product line primarily sells corded and cordless electric lawn and garden products, including hedge
trimmers, string trimmers, lawn mowers, pressure washers and related accessories, and gas powered lawn and garden products,
including lawn tractors, zero turn ride on mowers, walk behind mowers, snow blowers, residential robotic mowers, hand-held
outdoor power equipment, garden tools, and parts and accessories to professionals and consumers under the DEWALT®,
CRAFTSMAN®, CUB CADET®, BLACK+DECKER®, and HUSTLER® brand names.
The Industrial segment is comprised of the Engineered Fastening business and the Infrastructure business prior to its sale in
April 2024. The Engineered Fastening business primarily sells highly engineered components such as fasteners, fittings and
various engineered products, which are designed for specific application across multiple verticals. The product lines include
externally threaded fasteners, blind rivets and tools, blind inserts and tools, drawn arc weld studs and systems, engineered
plastic and mechanical fasteners, self-piercing riveting systems, precision nut running systems, micro fasteners, high-strength
structural fasteners, axel swage, latches, heat shields, pins, and couplings.
The Company utilizes segment profit, which is defined as net sales minus cost of sales and SG&A inclusive of the provision for
credit losses (aside from corporate overhead expense), and segment profit as a percentage of net sales to assess the profitability
of each segment. Transactions between segments are not material. Segment assets primarily include cash, accounts receivable,
inventory, other current assets, property, plant and equipment, right-of-use lease assets and intangible assets. Net sales and
long-lived assets are attributed to the geographic regions based on the geographic locations of the end customer and the
Company subsidiary, respectively.
The Company’s CODM is the President and Chief Executive Officer. The CODM uses segment profit for each segment as part
of the Company's annual operating plan and forecasting process. The CODM monitors actual segment profit results relative to
operating plan and forecast to assess the performance of the business and allocate resources.
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
96
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
Tools & Outdoor
Industrial
Total
Net Sales .............................................................................................. $
13,304.2 $
2,061.5 $
15,365.7
Cost of sales ........................................................................................
9,404.0
1,452.0
Selling, general and administrative ......................................................
2,702.8
354.6
Segment Profit ................................................................................... $
1,197.4 $
254.9 $
1,452.3
Corporate Overhead .........................................................................................................................................
(270.6)
Other, net .........................................................................................................................................................
(448.8)
Restructuring charges ......................................................................................................................................
(99.9)
Asset impairment charges ................................................................................................................................
(72.4)
Interest income ................................................................................................................................................
179.1
Interest expense ...............................................................................................................................................
(498.6)
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes ........................................................................
$
241.1
(Millions of Dollars)
2023
Tools & Outdoor
Industrial
Total
Net Sales ............................................................................................... $
13,367.1 $
2,414.0 $
15,781.1
Cost of sales ..........................................................................................
10,090.2
1,758.2
Selling, general and administrative .......................................................
2,589.3
389.3
Segment Profit ..................................................................................... $
687.6 $
266.5 $
954.1
Corporate Overhead ...........................................................................................................................................
(312.2)
Other, net ...........................................................................................................................................................
(320.1)
Loss on sales of businesses ................................................................................................................................
(10.8)
Restructuring charges ........................................................................................................................................
(39.4)
Asset impairment charges ..................................................................................................................................
(274.8)
Interest income ..................................................................................................................................................
186.9
Interest expense .................................................................................................................................................
(559.4)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes .................................................................................
$
(375.7)
(Millions of Dollars)
2022
Tools & Outdoor
Industrial
Total
Net Sales ............................................................................................... $
14,423.7 $
2,523.4 $
16,947.1
Cost of sales ..........................................................................................
10,803.9
1,862.6
Selling, general and administrative .......................................................
2,647.9
424.6
Segment Profit ..................................................................................... $
971.9 $
236.2 $
1,208.1
Corporate Overhead ...........................................................................................................................................
(294.0)
Other, net ...........................................................................................................................................................
(274.8)
Loss on sales of businesses ................................................................................................................................
(8.4)
Restructuring charges ........................................................................................................................................
(140.8)
Asset impairment charges ..................................................................................................................................
(168.4)
Interest income ..................................................................................................................................................
54.7
Interest expense .................................................................................................................................................
(338.5)
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes .........................................................................
$
37.9
97
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Capital and Software Expenditures
Tools & Outdoor ................................................................................... $
301.5 $
264.7 $
438.5
Industrial ...............................................................................................
52.4
74.0
85.6
Discontinued operations ........................................................................
—
—
6.3
Consolidated ......................................................................................... $
353.9 $
338.7 $
530.4
Depreciation and Amortization
Tools & Outdoor ................................................................................... $
456.8 $
453.5 $
387.6
Industrial ...............................................................................................
132.7
171.6
184.2
Discontinued operations ........................................................................
—
—
0.4
Consolidated ......................................................................................... $
589.5 $
625.1 $
572.2
Segment Assets
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
Tools & Outdoor .................................................................................... $
18,135.8
$
18,960.8
Industrial ................................................................................................
3,962.9
4,081.7
22,098.7
23,042.5
Assets held for sale ................................................................................
—
857.6
Corporate assets .....................................................................................
(249.8)
(236.3)
Consolidated .......................................................................................... $
21,848.9
$
23,663.8
Corporate Overhead includes the corporate overhead element of SG&A, which is not allocated to the business segments. For
2022, Corporate Overhead also included $0.3 million of sales. Corporate assets primarily consist of cash, deferred taxes,
property, plant and equipment and right-of-use lease assets. Based on the nature of the Company's cash pooling arrangements,
at times corporate-related cash accounts will be in a net liability position.
Lowe's accounted for approximately 14%, 14% and 15% of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2024, 2023 and 2022,
respectively, while The Home Depot accounted for approximately 14%, 13% and 13% of the Company's consolidated net sales
in 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
As described in Note A, Significant Accounting Policies, the Company recognizes revenue at a point in time from the sale of
tangible products or over time depending on when the performance obligation is satisfied. For the years ended December 28,
2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the majority of the Company’s revenue was recognized at the time of sale.
98
The percent of total segment revenue recognized over time for the Industrial segment for the years ended December 28, 2024,
December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was 3.2%, 2.2% and 4.6%, respectively.
The following table is a further disaggregation of the Industrial segment revenue for the years ended December 28, 2024,
December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Engineered Fastening ......................................................................... $
1,968.9 $
1,965.4 $
1,874.8
Infrastructure ......................................................................................
92.6
448.6
648.6
Industrial ............................................................................................ $
2,061.5 $
2,414.0 $
2,523.4
GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Net Sales
United States ....................................................................................... $
9,505.4 $
9,861.3 $
10,733.1
Canada .................................................................................................
739.5
761.5
835.7
Other Americas ...................................................................................
879.7
870.9
839.4
Europe .................................................................................................
3,018.3
3,024.7
3,154.7
Asia .....................................................................................................
1,222.8
1,262.7
1,384.5
Consolidated ........................................................................................ $
15,365.7 $
15,781.1 $
16,947.4
(Millions of Dollars)
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
Property, Plant & Equipment, net
United States ....................................................................................................................... $
1,256.8 $
1,306.5
Canada .................................................................................................................................
5.6
7.2
Other Americas ...................................................................................................................
208.4
253.2
Europe .................................................................................................................................
273.4
300.0
Asia .....................................................................................................................................
290.1
303.0
Consolidated ....................................................................................................................... $
2,034.3 $
2,169.9
P. INCOME TAXES
99
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities, excluding 2023 amounts classified as held for sale,
at the end of each fiscal year were as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation ............................................................................................................ $
73.9 $
114.6
Intangible assets ......................................................................................................
799.6
817.7
Liability on undistributed foreign earnings .............................................................
11.8
14.8
Lease right-of-use asset ...........................................................................................
118.1
126.5
Inventory
—
32.6
Other .......................................................................................................................
37.4
44.2
Total deferred tax liabilities .................................................................................... $
1,040.8 $
1,150.4
Deferred tax assets:
Employee benefit plans ........................................................................................... $
137.9 $
154.8
Basis differences in liabilities .................................................................................
139.5
100.8
Operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards .......................................
983.7
826.5
Lease liability .........................................................................................................
123.3
129.1
Intangible assets ......................................................................................................
636.2
681.3
Basis difference in debt obligations ........................................................................
—
249.1
Capitalized research and development costs ...........................................................
205.3
194.6
Interest expense carryforward ................................................................................
207.2
152.7
Inventory .................................................................................................................
22.5
—
Other .......................................................................................................................
151.3
159.1
Total deferred tax assets ................................................................................................. $
2,606.9 $
2,648.0
Net Deferred Tax Asset before Valuation Allowance ............................................... $
1,566.1 $
1,497.6
Valuation Allowance ...................................................................................................... $
(967.8) $
(1,046.9)
Net Deferred Tax Asset after Valuation Allowance .................................................. $
598.3 $
450.7
A valuation allowance is recorded on certain deferred tax assets if it has been determined it is more likely than not that all or a
portion of these assets will not be realized. The Company recorded a valuation allowance of $967.8 million and $1,046.9
million on deferred tax assets existing as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, respectively. The valuation allowances
in 2024 and 2023 are primarily attributable to foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards, certain intangible assets,
foreign capital loss carryforwards, foreign tax credits, and state tax credits.
As of December 28, 2024, the Company has approximately $4.3 billion of unremitted foreign earnings and profits. Of the total
amount, the Company has provided for deferred taxes of $11.8 million on approximately $1.0 billion, which is not indefinitely
reinvested primarily due to the changes brought about by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Company otherwise continues to
consider the remaining undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested based on its current plans
for use outside of the U.S. and accordingly no taxes have been provided on such earnings. The cash held by the Company’s
non-U.S. subsidiaries for indefinite reinvestment is generally used to finance foreign operations and investments, including
acquisitions. The income taxes applicable to such earnings and other outside basis differences are not readily determinable or
practicable to calculate.
As of December 28, 2024, the Company has approximately $1.6 billion and $3.8 billion of net operating loss carryforwards
available to reduce future tax obligations in certain U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions, respectively. The Company’s foreign net
operating loss carryforwards primarily relate to its subsidiaries’ operations in Luxembourg ($2.3 billion), United Kingdom
($947.3 million), France ($187.3 million), Germany ($108.9 million), Brazil ($76.8 million), and other foreign jurisdictions
($169.5 million). The net operating loss carryforwards have various expiration dates beginning in 2025 with certain
jurisdictions having indefinite carryforward periods. The foreign capital loss carryforwards of $19.4 million as of December 28,
2024 have indefinite carryforward periods.
U.S. foreign tax credit carryforward balance as of December 28, 2024 totaled $17.0 million with various expiration dates
beginning in 2027. State tax credit carryforward balance as of December 28, 2024 totaled $20.0 million. The carryforward
balance is made up of various credit types spanning multiple state taxing jurisdictions and various expiration dates beginning in
2025.
The components of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes consisted of the following:
100
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
United States .......................................................................................... $
(925.4) $
(1,385.0) $
(1,233.8)
Foreign ...................................................................................................
1,166.5
1,009.3
1,271.7
Earnings (loss) before income taxes ...................................................... $
241.1 $
(375.7) $
37.9
Income taxes on continuing operations consisted of the following:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Current:
Federal .................................................................................................. $
4.3 $
5.8 $
(79.0)
Foreign .................................................................................................
174.9
307.4
248.6
State ......................................................................................................
2.8
17.1
(16.7)
Total current ......................................................................................... $
182.0 $
330.3 $
152.9
Deferred:
Federal .................................................................................................. $
(181.5) $
(158.2) $
(61.2)
Foreign .................................................................................................
(17.5)
(218.3)
(222.5)
State ......................................................................................................
(28.2)
(47.8)
(1.6)
Total deferred .......................................................................................
(227.2)
(424.3)
(285.3)
Income taxes on continuing operations .................................................. $
(45.2) $
(94.0) $
(132.4)
Net income taxes paid for continuing operations during 2024, 2023 and 2022 were $352.3 million, $415.2 million and $482.6
million, respectively. The 2024, 2023 and 2022 amounts include refunds of $53.1 million, $25.3 million and $41.8 million,
respectively.
101
The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax provision to Income taxes on continuing operations in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations is as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Tax at statutory rate ................................................................................ $
50.6 $
(78.9) $
8.0
State income taxes, net of federal benefits .............................................
(21.2)
(23.6)
(19.3)
Foreign tax rate differential ....................................................................
(0.9)
(48.0)
(28.8)
Uncertain tax benefits ............................................................................
(8.6)
30.5
26.3
Change in valuation allowance ..............................................................
(28.1)
33.5
(25.1)
Change in deferred tax liabilities on undistributed foreign earnings .....
1.2
—
12.8
Stock-based compensation .....................................................................
8.0
8.2
7.3
Change in tax rates .................................................................................
0.7
0.2
(5.5)
Tax credits ..............................................................................................
(20.2)
(17.8)
(10.3)
U.S. federal tax expense on foreign earnings .........................................
15.9
63.6
51.6
Intra-entity asset transfer of intellectual property ..................................
—
(131.3)
(153.3)
Withholding taxes ..................................................................................
13.6
38.9
5.4
Impairment on assets held for sale .........................................................
4.0
30.4
—
Capital loss .............................................................................................
(64.4)
—
—
Global minimum taxes
....................................................................
3.9
—
—
Other .......................................................................................................
0.3
0.3
(1.5)
Income taxes on continuing operations .................................................. $
(45.2) $
(94.0) $
(132.4)
The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various
state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course, the Company is subject to examinations by taxing authorities throughout
the world. The Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the Company's consolidated U.S. income tax returns for the
2017 through 2019 tax years. With few exceptions, as of December 28, 2024, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal,
state, local, or foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2012.
The Company’s liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits relate to U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. The following table
summarizes the activity related to the unrecognized tax benefits:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Balance at beginning of year ................................................................... $
481.3 $
502.7 $
487.7
Additions based on tax positions related to current year .........................
41.4
20.9
27.2
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years ...........................
10.2
20.4
41.1
Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years ........................
(41.6)
(8.2)
(37.8)
Settlements ..............................................................................................
(10.2)
(16.2)
(7.0)
Statute of limitations expirations .............................................................
(28.7)
(16.8)
(8.5)
Reclassification to long-term liabilities held for sale ..............................
—
(21.5)
—
Balance at end of year ............................................................................. $
452.4 $
481.3 $
502.7
The gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023 include $447.1 million and $475.7 million,
respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The liability for potential penalties and
interest related to unrecognized tax benefits, excluding 2023 amounts reclassified to liabilities held for sale, increased by $1.0
million in 2024, increased by $15.5 million in 2023 and decreased by $11.2 million in 2022. The liability for potential penalties
and interest totaled $65.3 million as of December 28, 2024, $64.3 million as of December 30, 2023, and $48.8 million as of
December 31, 2022. The Company classifies all tax-related interest and penalties as income tax expense.
The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and the impact on income tax expense,
which may require periodic adjustments, and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible that
the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of the Company's unrecognized tax positions will significantly
increase or decrease within the next twelve months. However, based on the uncertainties associated with finalizing audits with
the relevant tax authorities including formal legal proceedings, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the impact of any such
change.
102
Q. COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES
COMMITMENTS — The Company has numerous assets, predominantly real estate, vehicles and equipment, under various
lease arrangements. At inception of arrangements with vendors, the Company determines whether the contract is or contains a
lease based on each party’s rights and obligations under the arrangement. If the lease arrangement also contains non-lease
components, the lease and non-lease elements are separately accounted for in accordance with the appropriate accounting
guidance for each item. From time to time, lease arrangements allow for, and the Company executes, the purchase of the
underlying leased asset. Lease arrangements may also contain renewal options or early termination options. As part of its lease
liability and right-of-use asset calculation, consideration is given to the likelihood of exercising any extension or termination
options. Leases with expected durations of less than twelve months from inception (i.e. short-term leases) are excluded from the
Company’s calculation of lease liabilities and right-of-use assets, as permitted by ASC 842, Leases. The following is a
summary of the Company's right-of-use-assets and lease liabilities:
(Millions of Dollars)
December 28, 2024
December 30, 2023
Right-of-use assets ....................................................................................................... $
473.4
$
502.9
Lease liabilities ............................................................................................................. $
491.8
$
506.6
Weighted-average incremental borrowing rate ...........................................................
4.7 %
4.6 %
Weighted-average remaining term ...............................................................................
6 years
7 years
Right-of-use assets are included within Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, while lease liabilities are included
within Accrued expenses and Other liabilities, as appropriate. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate based on
interest rates from its debt issuances, taking into consideration adjustments for collateral, lease terms and foreign currency.
As a result of acquiring right-of-use assets from new leases entered into during the years ended December 28, 2024 and
December 30, 2023, the Company's lease liabilities increased approximately $72.2 million and $206.1 million, respectively.
The Company has variable rate leases for certain manufacturing facilities, distribution centers and office buildings in which the
periodic rental payments vary based on benchmark interest rates.
The following is a summary of the Company's total lease cost for the years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and
December 31, 2022:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Operating lease cost ................................................................................. $
139.6 $
144.0 $
147.1
Short-term lease cost ...............................................................................
33.0
31.2
27.6
Variable lease cost ...................................................................................
8.3
11.2
5.9
Sublease income ......................................................................................
(2.5)
(3.2)
(2.5)
Total lease cost ........................................................................................ $
178.4 $
183.2 $
178.1
During 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company paid $136.9 million, $128.3 million, and $124.1 million respectively, relating to
leases included in the measurement of its lease liability and right-of-use asset.
The following is a summary of the Company's future lease obligations on an undiscounted basis at December 28, 2024:
(Millions of Dollars)
Total
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
Thereafter
Lease obligations ............................... $
564.5 $
129.7 $
110.0 $
86.1 $
68.0 $
53.6 $
117.1
The following is a summary of the Company’s future marketing commitments at December 28, 2024:
(Millions of Dollars)
Total
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
Thereafter
Marketing commitments .................... $
62.2 $
34.8 $
21.8 $
5.6 $
— $
— $
—
As of December 28, 2024, the Company had unrecognized commitments that require the future purchase of goods or services
(unconditional purchase obligations) to provide it with access to products and services at competitive prices. These obligations
consist of supplier agreements with long-term minimum material purchase requirements and freight forwarding arrangements
with minimum quantity commitments. The following is a summary of the Company's unconditional purchase obligations
related to these agreements at December 28, 2024:
103
(Millions of Dollars)
Total
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
Thereafter
Supplier agreements .......................... $
160.5 $
100.8 $
29.1 $
30.6 $
— $
— $
—
The Company has arrangements with third-party financial institutions that offer voluntary supply chain finance ("SCF")
programs. These arrangements enable certain of the Company’s suppliers, at the supplier’s sole discretion, to sell receivables
due from the Company to the financial institutions on terms directly negotiated with the financial institutions. The Company
negotiates commercial terms with its suppliers, including prices, quantities, and payment terms, regardless of suppliers’
decisions to finance the receivables due from the Company under these SCF programs. The Company has no economic interest
in a supplier’s decision to participate in these SCF programs, and no direct financial relationship with the financial institutions,
as it relates to these SCF programs. The amounts due to the financial institutions for suppliers that voluntarily participate in
these SCF programs were presented within Accounts payable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and totaled
$483.6 million and $528.1 million as of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, respectively.
The following is a rollforward of the Company's outstanding obligations under its SCF programs for the year ended
December 28, 2024:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
Balance, beginning of year
$
528.1
Additions
2,111.5
Reductions for payments
(2,153.3)
Foreign currency translation and other
(2.7)
Balance, end of year
$
483.6
GUARANTEES — The Company's financial guarantees at December 28, 2024 are as follows:
(Millions of Dollars)
Term
Maximum
Potential
Payment
Carrying
Amount of
Liability
Guarantees on the residual values of leased properties ..... Three years to nine years
$
78.2 $
—
Standby letters of credit ....................................................
Up to twenty years
179.3
—
Commercial customer financing arrangements .................
Up to ten years
104.3
16.4
Total ..................................................................................
$
361.8 $
16.4
The Company has guaranteed a portion of the residual values associated with certain of its variable rate leases. The lease
guarantees are for an amount up to $78.2 million. Fair values of the underlying assets are estimated at $119.3 million. The
related assets would be available to satisfy the guarantee obligations.
The Company has issued $179.3 million in standby letters of credit that guarantee future payments which may be required
under certain insurance programs and in relation to certain environmental remediation activities described more fully in Note R,
Contingencies.
The Company provides various limited and full recourse guarantees to financial institutions that provide financing to U.S. and
Canadian Mac Tools distributors and franchisees for their initial purchase of the inventory and trucks necessary to function as a
distributor and franchisee. In addition, the Company provides limited and full recourse guarantees to financial institutions that
extend credit to certain end retail customers of its U.S. Mac Tools distributors and franchisees. The gross amount guaranteed in
these arrangements is $104.3 million and the $16.4 million carrying value of the guarantees issued is recorded in Other
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company provides warranties on certain products across its businesses. The types of product warranties offered generally
range from one year to limited lifetime. There are also certain products with no warranty. Further, the Company sometimes
incurs discretionary costs to service its products in connection with product performance issues. Historical warranty and service
claim experience forms the basis for warranty obligations recognized. Adjustments are recorded to the warranty liability as new
information becomes available.
The changes in the carrying amount of product warranties for the years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and
December 31, 2022 are as follows:
104
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Balance beginning of period .................................................................. $
136.7 $
126.6 $
134.5
Warranties and guarantees issued ..........................................................
180.3
171.3
155.3
Warranty payments and currency ..........................................................
(176.9)
(161.2)
(163.2)
Balance end of period ............................................................................ $
140.1 $
136.7 $
126.6
R. CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings relating to environmental issues, employment, product liability, workers’
compensation claims and other matters. The Company periodically reviews the status of these proceedings with both inside and
outside counsel, as well as an actuary for risk insurance. Management believes that the ultimate disposition of these matters will
not have a material adverse effect on operations or financial condition taken as a whole.
Government Investigations
As previously disclosed, on January 19, 2024, the Company was notified by the Compliance and Field Operations Division (the
“Division”) of the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) that the Division intends to recommend the imposition of a
civil penalty of approximately $32 million for alleged untimely reporting in relation to certain utility bars and miter saws that
were subject to voluntary recalls in September 2019 and March 2022, respectively. The Company believes there are defenses to
the Division’s claims, and has presented its defenses in a meeting with the Division on February 29, 2024 and in a written
submission dated March 29, 2024. On April 1, 2024, the Division informed the Company's counsel that the Division intended to
recommend that the CPSC refer the matter to the U.S. Department of Justice (the "DOJ"). On May 1, 2024, the Company was
informed that the CPSC voted to refer the matter to the DOJ. In December 2024, the CPSC requested that the Company
reproduce documents previously provided to the CPSC following changes to the agency’s electronic file sharing system. The
Company has reproduced the requested documents to the CPSC. The Company has not heard anything further from the CPSC
or the DOJ in relation to this matter since then and therefore is not in a position to assess the likelihood of any potential loss or
adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount of potential loss, if any, from this matter.
The Company is committed to upholding the highest standards of corporate governance and is continuously focused on
ensuring the effectiveness of its policies, procedures, and controls. The Company is in the process, with the assistance of
professional advisors, of reviewing and further enhancing relevant policies, procedures, and controls.
Class Action Litigation
As previously disclosed, on March 24, 2023, a putative class action lawsuit titled Naresh Vissa Rammohan v. Stanley Black &
Decker, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:23-cv-00369-KAD (the “Rammohan Class Action”), was filed in the United States District
Court for the District of Connecticut against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and
directors. The complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class consisting of all purchasers of Stanley Black & Decker
common stock between October 28, 2021 and July 28, 2022, inclusive. The complaint asserts violations of Sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 based on allegedly false and misleading statements related to consumer demand for
the Company’s products amid changing COVID-19 trends and macroeconomic conditions. The complaint seeks unspecified
damages and an award of costs and expenses. On October 13, 2023, Lead Plaintiff General Retirement System of the City of
Detroit filed an Amended Complaint that asserts the same claims and seeks the same forms of relief as the original complaint.
The Company intends to vigorously defend this action in all respects and on December 14, 2023 filed a motion to dismiss the
Amended Complaint in its entirety. Briefing on that motion concluded on April 5, 2024, and the Company awaits a decision on
that motion. Given the early stage of this litigation, at this time, the Company is not in a position to assess the likelihood of any
potential loss or adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount or range of potential losses, if any, from this
action.
Derivative Actions
As previously disclosed, on August 2, 2023 and September 20, 2023, derivative complaints were filed in the United States
District Court for the District of Connecticut, titled Callahan v. Allan, et al., Case No. 3:23-cv-01028-OAW (the “Callahan
Derivative Action”) and Applebaum v. Allan, et al., Case No. 3:23-cv-01234-OAW (the “Applebaum Derivative Action”),
respectively, by putative stockholders against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company premised on the
same allegations as the Rammohan Class Action. The Callahan and Applebaum Derivative Actions were consolidated by Court
order on November 6, 2023 and defendants’ responses to both complaints have been stayed pending the disposition of any
motions to dismiss in the Rammohan Class Action. The individual defendants intend to vigorously defend the Callahan and
105
Applebaum Derivative Actions in all respects. However, given the early stage of this litigation, at this time, the Company is not
in a position to assess the likelihood of any potential loss or adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount
or range of potential losses, if any, from these actions.
On October 19, 2023, a derivative complaint was filed in Connecticut Superior Court, titled Vladimir Gusinsky Revocable Trust
v. Allan, et al., Docket Number HHBCV236082260S, by a putative stockholder against certain current and former directors and
officers of the Company. Plaintiff seeks to recover for alleged breach of fiduciary duties and unjust enrichment under
Connecticut state law premised on the same allegations as the Rammohan Class Action. By Court order on November 11, 2023,
the Connecticut Superior Court granted the parties’ motion to stay defendants’ response to the complaint pending the
disposition of any motions to dismiss in the Rammohan Class Action. The individual defendants intend to vigorously defend
this action in all respects. However, given the early stage of this litigation, at this time, the Company is not in a position to
assess the likelihood of any potential loss or adverse effect on its financial condition or to estimate the amount or range of
potential losses, if any, from this action.
Environmental
In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to administrative proceedings and litigation, before federal and state
regulatory agencies, relating to environmental remediation with respect to claims involving the discharge of hazardous
substances into the environment, generally at current and former manufacturing facilities. In addition, some of these claims
assert that the Company is responsible for damages and liability, for remedial investigation and clean-up costs, with respect to
sites that have never been owned or operated by the Company, but the Company has been identified as a potentially responsible
party ("PRP").
In connection with the 2010 merger with Black & Decker, the Company assumed certain commitments and contingent
liabilities. Black & Decker is a party to litigation and administrative proceedings with respect to claims involving the discharge
of hazardous substances into the environment at current and former manufacturing facilities and has also been named as a PRP
in certain administrative proceedings.
The Company, along with many other companies, has been named as a PRP in numerous administrative proceedings for the
remediation of various waste sites, including 23 active Superfund sites. Current laws potentially impose joint and several
liabilities upon each PRP. In assessing its potential liability at these sites, the Company has considered the following: whether
responsibility is being disputed, the terms of existing agreements, experience at similar sites, and the Company’s volumetric
contribution at these sites.
The Company’s policy is to accrue environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. If no amount in the range of probable loss
is considered most likely, the minimum loss in the range is accrued. The amount of liability recorded is based on an evaluation
of currently available facts with respect to each individual site and includes such factors as existing technology, presently
enacted laws and regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. The liabilities recorded do not take into
account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. As assessments and remediation progress at individual sites,
the amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes
available. As of December 28, 2024 and December 30, 2023, the Company had reserves of $275.4 million and $124.5 million,
respectively, for remediation activities associated with Company-owned properties, as well as for Superfund sites, for losses
that are probable and estimable. Of the December 28, 2024 amount, $51.4 million is classified as current within Accrued
expenses and $224.0 million as long-term within Other liabilities, which is expected to be paid over the estimated remediation
period. As of December 28, 2024, the Company's net cash obligations, including the WCLC assets discussed below, is
$258.0 million. As of December 28, 2024, the range of environmental remediation costs that is reasonably possible is $191.5
million to $408.1 million which is subject to change in the near term. The Company may be liable for environmental
remediation of sites it no longer owns. Liabilities have been recorded on those sites in accordance with the Company's policy.
The environmental liability for certain sites with cash payments beyond the current year that are fixed or reliably determinable
have been discounted using a rate of 4.3% to 4.7%, depending on the expected timing of disbursements. The discounted and
undiscounted amount of the liability relative to these sites is $84.6 million and $118.0 million, respectively. The payments
relative to these sites are expected to be $6.4 million in 2025, $13.7 million in 2026, $13.0 million in 2027, $13.0 million in
2028, $4.3 million in 2029, and $67.6 million thereafter.
West Cost Loading Corporation
As of December 28, 2024, the Company has recorded $17.4 million in Other assets related to funding received by the
Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and placed in a trust in accordance with the final settlement with the EPA,
embodied in a Consent Decree approved by the United States District Court for the Central District of California on July 3,
106
2013. Per the Consent Decree, Emhart Industries, Inc. (a dissolved and liquidated former indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of
The Black & Decker Corporation) (“Emhart”) has agreed to be responsible for an interim remedy at a site located in Rialto,
California and formerly operated by WCLC, a defunct company for which Emhart was alleged to be liable as a successor. The
remedy will be funded by (i) the amounts received from the EPA as gathered from multiple parties, and, to the extent necessary,
(ii) Emhart's affiliate. The interim remedy required the construction of a water treatment facility and the treatment of ground
water at or around the site for a period of approximately 30 years or more. The construction of the water treatment facility was
completed in September 2023, and the treatment of ground water is ongoing. As of December 28, 2024, the Company's net cash
obligation associated with these remediation activities, including WCLC assets, is $8.0 million.
Centredale Site
On April 8, 2019, the United States District Court approved a Consent Decree documenting the terms of a settlement between
the Company and the United States for reimbursement of EPA's past costs and remediation of environmental contamination
found at the Centredale Manor Restoration Project Superfund Site ("Centredale site"), located in North Providence, Rhode
Island. Black & Decker and Emhart are liable for site clean-up costs under the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA") as successors to the liability of Metro-Atlantic, Inc., a former operator at the
Centredale site. The Company is complying with the terms of the settlement and has fully reimbursed the EPA for its past costs.
Remediation work at the Centredale site remains ongoing. Technical and regulatory issues have arisen in connection with the
disposal methods selected and described in the statement of work for contaminated Centredale site soils and sediment. Emhart’s
contractor is working with the EPA and the Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management (“RIDEM”) to develop
alternatives. Based on these evolving technical and regulatory discussions, in the second quarter of 2024, the EPA and RIDEM
began implementing regulatory changes that suggest that offsite landfill disposal now represents the most probable remedial
alternative for the disposal of contaminated Centredale site soils and sediments. Significant open technical and regulatory issues
relating to the implementation of this disposal alternative remain, including final EPA and RIDEM approvals, and further
developments may result in additional or different remedial actions. Emhart’s contractor’s assessment of the offsite landfill
disposal alternative involves soil and sediment volume estimates that could also change or increase as additional design
investigations are performed at the site, which may further impact the remediation process. Emhart has recently entered into a
cooperative agreement with the Federal and State Natural Resource Trustees to collectively conduct an assessment of what, if
any, Natural Resource Damages may be associated with the contamination at the Centredale Site. Litigation continues in the
District Court concerning Phase 3 of the case, which is addressing the potential allocation of liability to other PRPs who may
have contributed to contamination of the Centredale site with dioxins, polychlorinated biphenyls and other contaminants of
concern. Emhart proceeded to trial in a six-week bench trial in Phase 3 on the issue of CERCLA liability against 4 PRPs in
October 2024. Post trial briefing and argument relating to the trial is ongoing, and a decision is expected in 2025. Based on the
regulatory changes, and remedial developments currently contemplated by the EPA and the State of Rhode Island as described
above, the Company increased its reserve for this site by $142.3 million in the second quarter of 2024. As of December 28,
2024, the Company has reserved $161.8 million for this site.
Lower Passaic River
The Company and approximately 47 other companies comprise the Lower Passaic Cooperating Parties Group (the “CPG”). The
CPG members and other companies are parties to a May 2007 Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent
(“AOC”) with the EPA to perform a remedial investigation/feasibility study (“RI/FS”) of the lower seventeen miles of the
Lower Passaic River in New Jersey (the “River”). The Company’s potential liability stems from former operations in Newark,
New Jersey. The CPG has substantially completed the RI/FS for the entire 17-mile River. The Company’s estimated costs
related to the RI/FS are included in its environmental reserves.
Lower 8.3 Miles
On April 11, 2014, the EPA issued a Focused Feasibility Study (“FFS”) and proposed plan which addressed various early
action remediation alternatives for the lower 8.3 miles of the River. On March 4, 2016, the EPA issued a Record of Decision
("ROD") selecting the remedy for the lower 8.3 miles of the River, which will include the removal of 3.5 million cubic yards of
sediment, placement of a cap over the entire lower 8.3 miles of the River, and, according to the EPA, will cost approximately
$1.4 billion and take 6 years to implement after the remedial design is completed. On September 30, 2016, Occidental Chemical
Corporation ("OCC") entered into an agreement with the EPA to perform the remedial design for the cleanup plan for the lower
8.3 miles of the River. OCC has submitted the final remedial design, which was approved by EPA in May 2024. On June 30,
2018, OCC filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey against over 100 companies,
including the Company, seeking CERCLA cost recovery or contribution for past costs relating to various investigations and
cleanups OCC has conducted or is conducting in connection with the River. According to the complaint, OCC has incurred or is
incurring costs which include the estimated cost ($165 million) to complete the remedial design for the cleanup plan for the
lower 8.3 miles of the River. OCC also seeks a declaratory judgment to hold the defendants liable for their proper shares of
107
future response costs for OCC's ongoing activities in connection with the River. The Company and other defendants have
answered the complaint and have been engaged in discovery with OCC. On February 24, 2021, the Company and other
defendants filed a third party complaint against the Passaic Valley Sewerage Commissioners and forty-two municipalities to
require those entities to pay their equitable share of response costs. On December 20, 2022, various defendants (including the
Company) in the OCC litigation filed an unopposed motion to stay the litigation for six months which was granted by the Court
on March 1, 2023 and has been extended while the Court considered the Consent Decree filed by the United States, as
discussed below.
The Company and 105 other parties received a letter dated March 31, 2016 from the EPA notifying such parties of potential
liability for the costs of the cleanup of the lower 8.3 miles of the River. In a March 30, 2017 letter, the EPA stated that parties
who did not discharge dioxins, furans or polychlorinated biphenyls (which are considered the contaminants of concern posing
the greatest risk to human health or the environment) may be eligible for cash out settlement, but expected those parties'
allocation to be determined through a complex settlement analysis using a third-party allocator. The EPA subsequently clarified
this statement to say that such parties would be eligible to be "funding parties" for the lower 8.3 mile remedial action with each
party's share of the costs determined by the EPA based on the allocation process and the remaining parties would be "work
parties" for the remedial action. The Company participated in the allocation process and asserted that it did not discharge
dioxins, furans or polychlorinated biphenyls and should be eligible to be a "funding party" for the lower 8.3 mile remedial
action. The allocator selected by the EPA issued a confidential allocation report on December 28, 2020, which was reviewed by
the EPA. As a result of the allocation process, on February 11, 2022, the EPA and certain parties (including the Company)
reached an agreement in principle for a cash-out settlement for remediation of the entire 17-mile Lower Passaic River. On
December 16, 2022, the United States lodged a Consent Decree with the United States District Court for the District of New
Jersey in United States v. Alden Leeds, Inc. et al. (No. 2:22-cv-07326) that addressed the liability of 85 parties (including the
Company) for an aggregate amount of $150 million based in part on the EPA-sponsored allocation report that found OCC
99.4% responsible for the cleanup costs of the River. The Consent Decree was subject to a 90-day public comment period,
which ended March 22, 2023. On November 21, 2023, the United States informed the Court that it concluded, based on the
public comments, that a small number of parties (not including the Company) should be removed from the settlement and that a
change should be made to the United States’ reservation of rights (which was agreed to by the remaining settling parties). On
January 17, 2024, the United States filed the modified Consent Decree with the Court and filed its motion to enter the modified
Consent Decree on January 31, 2024. On April 1, 2024, the settling defendants (including the Company) and certain other
parties filed briefs in support of, and OCC filed a brief in opposition to, the motion to enter the modified Consent Decree. On
December 18, 2024, the Court issued its opinion granting the United States’ motion to enter the modified Consent Decree. The
settlement funds will be paid to the United States as of the later of the expiration of the appeal deadline (sixty days after the
entry) if no appeal is filed or the exhaustion of any appeals. On January 9, 2025, Nokia of America (a non-settling party) filed
its Notice of Appeal of the Court’s decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. On February 13, 2025, OCC also
filed its Notice of Appeal of the Court's decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.
Upper 9 Miles
On October 10, 2018, the EPA issued a letter directing the CPG to prepare a streamlined feasibility study for the upper 9 miles
of the River based on an iterative approach using adaptive management strategies. The CPG submitted a draft Interim Remedy
Feasibility Study to the EPA on December 4, 2020, which identified various targeted dredge and cap alternatives with costs that
range from $420 million to $468 million (net present value). The EPA issued the Interim Remedy ROD on September 28, 2021,
selecting an alternative that the EPA estimates will cost $441 million (net present value).
On March 2, 2023, the EPA issued a Unilateral Administrative Order requiring OCC to design the interim remedy for the upper
9 miles of the River (the “2023 UAO”). Notwithstanding the stay of the litigation commenced in 2018 (and two days after the
public comment period on the Consent Decree closed), OCC filed a complaint named Occidental Chem. Corp. v. Givaudan
Fragrances Corp., et al., No. 2:23-cv-1699 at 2, 5 (D.N.J. Mar. 24, 2023) (the “2023 Litigation”) against forty parties (not
including the Company) for recovery of past and future response costs it will incur in complying with the 2023 UAO. All of the
defendants named in the 2023 Litigation are also defendants or third-party defendants in the litigation commenced in 2018.
Maxus Bankruptcy Settlement
Pursuant to a settlement agreement by and among the Maxus Liquidating Trust, YPF and Repsol submitted to the bankruptcy
court on April 7, 2023, YPF and Repsol will jointly pay a combined sum of $573 million to various creditors. Based on the
waterfall payout of the bankruptcy plan, the CPG received approximately $9 million, which will be used either to offset future
CPG costs, including EPA RI/FS oversight and legal and administrative costs, or to reimburse CPG members for a portion of
their past contributions to the RI/FS costs.
108
At this time, the Company cannot reasonably estimate its liability related to the litigation and remediation efforts as discussed
above, excluding the RI/FS, as the OCC litigation is pending and Court’s opinion granting the United States’ motion to enter
the Consent Decree has been appealed.
Kerr McGee
Per the terms of a Final Order and Judgment approved by the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida on
January 22, 1991, Emhart is responsible for a percentage of remedial costs arising out of the Kerr McGee Chemical Corporation
Superfund Site located in Jacksonville, Florida. On March 15, 2017, the Company received formal notification from the EPA
that the EPA had issued a ROD selecting the preferred alternative identified in the Proposed Cleanup Plan. The Multistate Trust
managing the remediation provides quarterly projections for the remediation costs for work to be performed, and the Company
adjusts the reserve for its percentage share of such costs accordingly. As of December 28, 2024, the Company has reserved
$25.2 million for this site.
The amount recorded for the aforementioned identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are
reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to
be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures.
Subject to the imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have
to pay in connection with these environmental matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a materially adverse effect
on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
S. DIVESTITURES
2024 DIVESTITURE
Infrastructure business
On April 1, 2024, the Company completed the sale of its Infrastructure business to Epiroc AB for $760 million. The Company
received proceeds of $728.5 million at closing, net of customary adjustments and costs. As of December 30, 2023, the assets
and liabilities related to the Infrastructure business were classified as held for sale on the Company's Consolidated Balance
Sheet. This divestiture did not qualify for discontinued operations and therefore, its results were included in the Company's
Consolidated Statements of Operations in continuing operations through the date of sale.
Following is the pre-tax income for this business for the years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023 and
December 31, 2022:
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Pre-tax income .......................................................................................... $
9.6 $
52.0 $
54.3
In addition, the Company recognized pre-tax asset impairment charges of $25.5 million and $150.8 million in the first quarter
of 2024 and fourth quarter of 2023, respectively, to adjust the carrying amount of the long-lived assets of the Infrastructure
business to its estimated fair value less the costs to sell.
The carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities that were aggregated in assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale as of
December 30, 2023 are presented in the following table:
109
(Millions of Dollars)
December 30, 2023
Cash and cash equivalents
$
0.6
Accounts and notes receivable, net
41.3
Inventories, net
96.5
Other current assets
2.4
Property, plant and equipment, net
70.4
Goodwill
389.7
Intangibles, net
214.3
Other assets
42.4
Total assets
$
857.6
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
44.1
Other long-term liabilities
84.8
Total liabilities
$
128.9
2022 DIVESTITURES
Oil & Gas business
On August 19, 2022, the Company completed the sale of its Oil & Gas business comprised of the pipeline services and
equipment businesses to Pipeline Technique Limited and recognized a pre-tax loss of $8.6 million. This divestiture did not
qualify for discontinued operations and therefore, the results of the Oil & Gas business were included in the Company's
continuing operations within the Industrial segment through the date of sale in the third quarter of 2022. For the year ended
December 31, 2022, the Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $2.7 million for this business.
In addition, the Company recognized a $168.4 million pre-tax asset impairment charge in the second quarter of 2022 to adjust
the carrying amount of the long-lived assets of the Oil & Gas business to its fair value less the costs to sell.
Commercial Electronic Security and Healthcare businesses
On July 22, 2022, the Company completed the sale of its Convergent Security Solutions ("CSS") business comprised of the
commercial electronic security and healthcare businesses to Securitas AB for net proceeds of $3.1 billion and recorded a pre-tax
gain of $584 million.
As part of the purchase and sale agreement, the Company provided transition services relating to certain administrative
functions for Securitas AB from the date of close through January 2024. A portion of the net proceeds received at closing was
deferred to reimburse the Company for transition service costs incurred over the service period.
Mechanical Access Solutions business
On July 5, 2022, the Company completed the sale of its Mechanical Access Solutions ("MAS") business comprised of the
automatic doors business to Allegion plc for net proceeds of $916.0 million and recorded a pre-tax gain of $609 million.
As part of the purchase and sale agreement, the Company is providing transition services relating to certain administrative
functions for Allegion plc. The transition service period is expected to end June 30, 2025, or earlier, upon integration of these
functions into their pre-existing business processes.
The CSS and MAS divestitures represented a single plan to exit the Security segment and were considered a strategic shift that
had a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results. As such, the 2022 operating results of CSS and MAS
were reported as discontinued operations. These divestitures allowed the Company to invest in other areas that fit into its long-
term strategy.
Summarized operating results of discontinued operations are presented in the following table for each fiscal year ended:
110
(Millions of Dollars)
2024
2023
2022
Net Sales ..................................................................................... $
—
$
—
$
1,056.3
Cost of sales ................................................................................
—
—
687.5
Selling, general, and administrative(1)
.........................................
—
—
308.0
Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations ...........................
10.4
(14.3)
1,197.4
Other, net and restructuring charges ...........................................
—
—
47.3
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations before income
taxes ............................................................................................ $
10.4
$
(14.3)
$
1,210.9
Income taxes on discontinued operations ...................................
2.4
14.5
318.5
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations ...................... $
8.0
$
(28.8)
$
892.4
(1) Includes provision for credit losses.
The following table presents the significant non-cash items and capital expenditures for the discontinued operations with
respect to CSS and MAS that are included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2022:
(Millions of Dollars)
2022
Depreciation and amortization
$
0.4
Capital expenditures
$
6.3
Stock-based compensation
$
17.5
111
EXHIBIT INDEX
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
EXHIBIT LIST
Some of the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (whether incorporated by reference to earlier
filings or otherwise) may contain representations and warranties, recitals or other statements that appear to be statements of
fact. These agreements are included solely to provide investors with information regarding their terms and are not intended to
provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. Representations
and warranties, recitals, and other common disclosure provisions have been included in the agreements solely for the benefit of
the other parties to the applicable agreements and often are used as a means of allocating risk among the parties. Accordingly,
such statements (i) should not be treated as categorical statements of fact; (ii) may be qualified by disclosures that were made to
the other parties in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreements, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected
in the agreement or included as exhibits hereto; (iii) may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may
be viewed as material by or to investors in or lenders to the Company; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable
agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.
Accordingly, representations and warranties, recitals or other disclosures contained in agreements may not describe the actual
state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time and should not be relied on by any person other than the
parties thereto in accordance with their terms. Additional information about the Company may be found in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K and the Company’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://
www.sec.gov.
2.1
Acquisition Agreement by and between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Securitas AB, dated as of December
8, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 8, 2021).#
3.1
(a)
Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated September 15, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 3, 2010 filed on May 13, 2010).
(b)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated December 21, 2009 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 3,
2010 filed on May 13, 2010).
(c)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated March 12, 2010 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3(iii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 3, 2010
filed on May 13, 2010).
(d)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated November 5, 2010 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 9, 2010).
(e)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated April 17, 2012 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31,
2012 filed on May 2, 2012).
(f)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated May 17, 2017 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2017).
(g)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated November 13, 2019 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 13, 2019).
(h)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated May 15, 2020 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2020).
(i)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated May 12, 2021 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2021).
(j)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated November 15, 2022 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2022).
3.2
Bylaws, effective October 24, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report
on From 8-K filed on October 24, 2023).
4.1
Indenture, dated as of June 26, 1998, by and among Black & Decker Holdings Inc., as Issuer, The Black &
Decker Corporation, as Guarantor, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2010).
112
4.2
(a)
Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2002 between The Stanley Works and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A., as successor trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(vi) to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2002 filed on February 28, 2003).
(b)
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 3, 2010, to the Indenture dated as of November 1, 2002,
among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., The Black & Decker Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A., as successor trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as JPMorgan
Chase Bank), as Trustee, relating to the 5.20% Notes due 2040 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 7, 2010).
(c)
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 6, 2018, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 4.250% Notes due 2028 and the
4.850% Notes due 2048 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on November 6, 2018).
(d)
Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 1, 2019, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 3.400% Notes due 2026
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 1,
2019).
(e)
Eight Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 10, 2020, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 2.300% Notes due 2030
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 10,
2020).
(f)
Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2020, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 2.750% Notes due 2050
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2,
2020).
(g)
Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 24, 2022, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 2.300% Notes due 2025 and the
3.000% Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on February 24, 2022).
(h)
Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 6, 2023, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 6.272% Notes due 2026 and the
6.000% Notes due 2028 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on March 6, 2023).
4.3
Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2005, between The Stanley Works and HSBC Bank USA, National
Association, as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 29, 2005).
4.4
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 10, 2020, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and HSBC
Bank USA, National Association, as trustee, relating to the 4.000% Fixed-to-Fixed Reset Rate Junior
Subordinated Debentures due 2060 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K
dated February 10, 2020).
4.5
Description of the Company's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27, 2024).
10.1
Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement, made as of June 28, 2024 among Stanley Black & Decker,
Inc., the initial lenders named therein and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K, dated July 1, 2024).
10.2
364-Day Credit Agreement, made as of June 28, 2024 among Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., the initial lenders
named therein and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K, dated July 1, 2024).
10.3
Letter Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2022, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Donald Allan, Jr.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1,
2022).*
10.4
Employment Agreement Amendment, dated January 24, 2024, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and
Donald Allan, Jr.(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed January 24, 2024).*
113
10.5
Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated December 4, 2018 between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and
Donald Allan Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the period ended December 29, 2018 filed on February 26, 2019).*
10.6
Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended through October 1, 2020 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2,
2021 filed on February 18, 2021).*
10.7
Deferred Compensation Plan for Participants in Stanley’s Management Incentive Plan amended and restated as
of December 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ix) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the period ended December 29, 2007 filed on February 25, 2008).*
10.8
Stanley Black & Decker Supplemental Retirement Account Plan (as in effect January 1, 2019) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 2, 2022
filed on July 28, 2022).*
10.9
New 1991 Loan Agreement, dated June 30, 1998, between The Stanley Works, as lender, and Citibank, N.A. as
trustee under the trust agreement for the Stanley Account Value Plan, to refinance the 1991 Salaried Employee
ESOP Loan and the 1991 Hourly ESOP Loan and their related promissory notes (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(ii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 4, 1998 filed on
August 18, 1998).
10.10
The Stanley Works Non-Employee Directors’ Benefit Trust Agreement dated December 27, 1989 and amended
as of January 1, 1991 by and between The Stanley Works and Fleet National Bank, as successor trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xvii)(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
period ended December 29, 1990). P
10.11
(a)
The Stanley Black & Decker 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 30, 2013 filed on April 26, 2013).*
(b)
Form of Award Document for Performance Awards granted to executive officers under the Stanley Black &
Decker 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, updated 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(b) to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2017 filed on February 27,
2018).*
(c)
Form of stock option certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the Stanley Black & Decker 2013
Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2013 filed on February 21, 2014).*
(d)
Form of restricted stock unit award certificate for grants of restricted stock units to executive officers pursuant
to the Stanley Black & Decker 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(d)
to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2013 filed on February 21,
2014).*
(e)
Form of restricted stock unit retention award certificate for grants of restricted stock units to executive officers
pursuant to the Stanley Black & Decker 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.17(e) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016 filed on
February 15, 2017).*
10.12
(a)
The Stanley Black & Decker 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2018 filed on July 20, 2018).*
(b)
Form of stock option certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the Stanley Black & Decker 2018
Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the period ended December 28, 2019 filed on February 21, 2020).*
(c)
Form of restricted stock unit award certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the Stanley Black &
Decker 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(c) to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2019 filed on February 21, 2020).*
(d)
Form of restricted stock unit retention award certificate for grants to executive officers pursuant to the Stanley
Black & Decker 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(d) to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2019 filed on February 21, 2020).*
(e)
Form of Award Document for Performance Award granted to executive officers under the Stanley Black &
Decker 2018 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(e) to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended January 1, 2022 filed on February 22, 2022).*
114
(f)
Form of Award Document granted to executive officers under the 2019 and 2020 Management Incentive
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(f) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the period ended December 29, 2018 filed on February 26, 2019).*
10.13
(a)
The Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1(a) to the
Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on April 5, 2022).*
(b)
Form of stock option certificate for 2022 fiscal year grants to executive officers pursuant to the Stanley Black &
Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(b) on the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2022 filed on February 23, 2023).*
(c)
Form of restricted stock unit award certificate for 2022 fiscal year grants to executive officers pursuant to the
Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(c) on the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2022 filed on February 23,
2023).*
(d)
Form of restricted stock unit retention award certificate for 2022 fiscal year grants to executive officers
pursuant to the Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.17(d) on the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2022 filed on
February 23, 2023)*
(e)
Letter regarding 2022-2024 Long-Term Incentive Program – Special Grant to Donald Allan, Jr. pursuant to the
Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(e) on the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2022 filed on February 23,
2023).*
(f)
Form of award document for 2023 Management Incentive Compensation Plan pursuant to the Stanley Black &
Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 1, 2023 filed on May 4, 2023).*
(g)
Form of award document for 2023-2025 Long-Term Incentive Program (for award valued as percentage of
salary) pursuant to the Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 1, 2023 filed on May
4, 2023).*
(h)
Form of award document for 2023-2025 Long-Term Incentive Program (for award at specified fair value)
pursuant to the Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended April 1, 2023 filed on May 4, 2023).*
(i)
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Christopher J. Nelson pursuant to the Stanley Black &
Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(i) to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27, 2024).*
(j)
Form of stock option certificate for 2023 fiscal year grants to executive officers pursuant to the Stanley Black &
Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(j) to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27, 2024).*
(k)
Form of restricted stock unit award certificate for 2023 fiscal year grants to executive officers pursuant to the
Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(k) to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27,
2024).*
(l)
Form of restricted stock unit retention award certificate for 2023 fiscal year grants to executive officer pursuant
to the Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(l) to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27,
2024).*
(m) Form of award document for 2024 Management Incentive Compensation Plan pursuant to the Stanley Black &
Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(m) to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27, 2024).*
(n)
Form of award document for 2024-2026 Long-Term Incentive Program (for award at specified fair value)
pursuant to the Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.14(n) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on
February 27, 2024).*
(o)
Form of stock option certificate for 2024 fiscal year grants to executive officers pursuant to the Stanley Black &
Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(o) to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27, 2024).*
115
(p)
Form of restricted stock unit award certificate for 2024 fiscal year grants to executive officers pursuant to the
Stanley Black & Decker 2022 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14(p) to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27,
2024).*
10.14
The Stanley Black & Decker 2024 Omnibus Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2024). *
10.15
The Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended and
restated through October 1, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2, 2021 filed on February 18, 2021).*
10.16
The Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. 2020 Restricted Stock Unit Deferral Plan for Non-Employee Directors
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 on the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
ended December 28, 2019 filed on February 21, 2020).*
10.17
Special Severance Policy for Management Incentive Compensation Plan Participants Levels 1-5 as amended
effective June 24, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 on the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the period ended December 31, 2022 filed on February 23, 2023)*
10.18
Executive Officer Cash Severance Policy effective as of February 15, 2023 (incorporated by reference to
Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 10, 2023).*
10.19
Global Omnibus Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1(a) to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on November 13, 2019).*
10.20
Employment Offer Letter, dated June 12, 2017, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Janet M. Link
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
ended December 30, 2017 filed on February 27, 2018).*
10.21
Employment Offer Letter, dated January 19, 2023, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Patrick Hallinan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
ended April 1, 2023 filed on May 4, 2023).*
10.22
Employment Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2023, between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Christopher J. Nelson
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
ended July 1, 2023 filed on August 1, 2023).*
10.23
Employment Offer Letter, dated November 19, 2021, by and between Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. and Tamer
Abuaita (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
period ended December 30, 2023 filed on February 27, 2024).*
10.24
Change in Control Severance Agreement (all other executive officers except Donald Allan Jr.) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2,
2021 filed on February 18. 2021).*
19
Insider Trading Policy (filed herewith).
21
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24
Power of Attorney.
31.1
(a)
Certification by President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
31.1 (b)
Certification by Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
32.1
Certification by President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2
Certification by Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
97
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. Financial Statement Compensation Recoupment Policy (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 97 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 30,
2023 filed on February 27, 2024).
116
99.1
Policy on Confidential Proxy Voting and Independent Tabulation and Inspection of Elections as adopted by
The Board of Directors October 23, 1991 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28)(i) to the Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 28, 1991). P
101
The following materials from Stanley Black & Decker Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 28, 2024, formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31,
2022; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28,
2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022; (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 28, 2024
and December 30, 2023; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 28,
2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022; (v) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners'
Equity for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2024, December 30, 2023, and December 31, 2022; and (vi)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.**
104
The cover page of Stanley Black & Decker Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 28, 2024, formatted in iXBRL (included within Exhibit 101).
# Certain schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K and the Company
agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedules or exhibits upon request.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
P Paper Filing
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part
of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.
117
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER, INC.
By:
/s/ Donald Allan, Jr.
Donald Allan, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:
February 18, 2025
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Donald Allan, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 18, 2025
Donald Allan, Jr.
/s/ Patrick Hallinan
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
February 18, 2025
Patrick Hallinan
/s/ Scot Greulach
Chief Accounting Officer
February 18, 2025
Scot Greulach
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Andrea J. Ayers
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Susan K. Carter
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Debra A. Crew
*
Director
February 18, 2025
John L. Garrison, Jr.
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Michael D. Hankin
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Robert J. Manning
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Adrian V. Mitchell
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Jane M. Palmieri
*
Director
February 18, 2025
Mojdeh Poul
*By: /s/ Janet M. Link
Janet M. Link
(As Attorney-in-Fact)
118
This page intentionally left blank.
Financial and Investor Communications
The Stanley Black & Decker investor relations department provides information to
shareowners and the financial community. We encourage inquiries and will provide
services that include:
• Fulfilling requests for annual reports, proxy statements, forms 10-Q.
and 10-K, copies of press releases and other Company information.
• Meetings with securities analysts and fund managers.
Contact the investor relations department at our corporate offices by calling
Dennis Lange, VP, Investor Relations at (860) 827-3833 or by mail at 1000 Stanley
Drive, New Britain, CT 06053. We make earnings releases available online on the
day that results are released to the news media. Stanley Black & Decker releases
a variety of shareowner information that can be found at the Company’s website:
www.stanleyblackanddecker.com.
Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All such statements other than
statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of
federal and state securities laws, including, but not limited to: any statements of
goals, targets, projections or guidance of earnings, income, revenue, margins, cash
flow, costs of sales, sales, growth, profitability, market share, credit ratings, SG&A,
shareholder value or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies
and objectives of management for future operations including expectations around
the Company’s ongoing transformation, run-rate cost savings, or debt reduction;
any statements concerning market share gain, proposed new products, services,
developments, investments, or innovation; any statements regarding future
economic conditions or performance; any statements concerning future dividends or
share repurchases; any statements relating to initiatives concerning environmental,
social, governance or other sustainability matters; any statements and assumptions
regarding possible tariff and tariff impact projections and related mitigation plans;
any statements of beliefs, plans, intentions or expectations, which may include,
among others, the words “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “intend,” “could,” “project,” “plan,”
“continue,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “on track,” “run-rate,” “annualized,”
“forecast,” “commit,” “design,” “positioned or positioning,” “guidance,” “looking
forward,” “future,” “vision,” “strategy,” “long-term,” or any other similar words; any
statements and assumptions regarding geopolitical events, possible tariff and tariff
impact projections (including the amount, timing and materiality thereof) and related
mitigation plans or timing; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the
foregoing. You are cautioned not to rely on these forward-looking statements, which
are based on the Company’s current expectations and assumptions of future events.
Each of the forward-looking statements involves risks and uncertainties that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in these
forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause actual results, performance
and achievements to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: the Company’s continued
success with its ongoing transformation, complexity reduction and supply chain
improvements; changes in macroeconomic conditions, including interest rates
and geopolitical events; changes in trade-related regulations and restrictions such
as import and export controls and tariffs, and the Company’s ability to predict the
timing, extent, materiality or disruptiveness to the Company of such regulations,
Design
Ideas On Purpose
Printing
DG3
8 Maximum initial battery voltage (measured without a workload) is 60 volts.
Nominal voltage is 54.
9 Maximum initial battery voltage (measured without a workload) is 20 volts.
Nominal voltage is 18.
restrictions and tariffs; the Company’s ability to successfully mitigate or respond
to such macroeconomic, geopolitical, or trade and tariff policy changes including,
obtaining price increases from customers, repositions of supply chain, reprioritizing
resources and successful government engagement efforts; and those factors set
forth in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q
and its other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report speak only as of the date
hereof, and forward-looking statements in documents that are incorporated by
reference herein speak only as of the date of those documents.
The Company undertakes no obligation or intention to update or revise any forward-
looking statements, whether because of future events or circumstances, new
information or otherwise, except as required by law. Any standards of measurement
and performance made in reference to our sustainability plans and goals are
developing and based on assumptions that continue to evolve, and no assurance
can be given that any such plan, initiative, projection, goal, commitment, expectation,
or prospect can or will be achieved. The inclusion of information related to our
sustainability goals and initiatives is not an indication that such information is material
under the standards of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
DEWALT (Front cover): DEWALT POWERSHIFT™ Backpack Vibrator Kit. Tackle
demanding placement applications. Delivers unrivaled power, ergonomics and runtime.
Inside front cover:
DEWALT: DEWALT 60V MAX8 Brushless Cordless 7-1/4" Circular Saw with
Electronic Brake. Combining the power of corded with the portability of cordless.
CRAFTSMAN: The 6-Foot Wide 2-Drawer Adjustable Height Mobile
Workbench—Black. Take pride in your workspace and keep your
tools organized.
TUCKER: Tucker Weld Head. For automated fastening applications in
automotive manufacturing.
STANLEY: STANLEY® 24" 180° I-Beam Level. Made from heavy-duty aluminum to
provide rigidity and accuracy that lasts.
Focused Brands (Page 8):
DEWALT: DEWALT 60V MAX8 Brushless Cordless 9" Cut Off Saw.
STANLEY: 25' STANLEY® FATMAX® Tape Measure.
CRAFTSMAN: CRAFTSMAN® V209 BRUSHLESS RP™
12" Chainsaw Kit with 5.0 Ah Battery and Charger.
Industrial (Inside back cover): STANLEY® Engineered Fastening provides
advanced joining solutions for the worldʼs leading automotive manufacturers,
enabling them to use lightweight materials and improve fuel efficiency and range.
STANLEY (Back cover): STANLEY® FATMAX® Tradelift.™ Designed to ensure
quality and maximum function, tools like the STANLEY® FATMAX® Tradelift™ enable
productivity on the jobsite.
This book was printed using only recycled paper.
©2025 Stanley Black & Decker. All Rights Reserved.
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
14
STANLEY BLACK & DECKER
1000 Stanley Drive
New Britain, CT 06053
STANLEYBLACKANDDECKER.COM